Glk руководстве по эксплуатации

Mercedes-Benz GLK Operator's Manual

  1. Manuals
  2. Brands
  3. Mercedes-Benz Manuals
  4. Automobile
  5. 2015 GLK
  6. Operator’s manual

  • Contents

  • Table of Contents

  • Bookmarks

Related Manuals for Mercedes-Benz GLK

Summary of Contents for Mercedes-Benz GLK

  • Page 1
    Operator’s Manual I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 2
    Symbols These warning notes draw your attention to hazards that could cause damage to your Registered trademarks: vehicle. BabySmart™ is a registered trademark of the Siemens Automotive Corp. This symbol indicates useful instructions or further information that could be helpful ®…
  • Page 3
    Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz Before you drive off, please familiarize yourself with your vehicle and read this manual, especially the safety and warning notes. This will help you to obtain the maximum pleasure from your vehicle and avoid endangering yourself and others.
  • Page 4
    I n f o r m a t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 5
    Contents Index …………4 At a glance ……….. 27 Introduction ……… 20 Safety ……….. 37 Opening/closing ……… 67 Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ..89 Lights and windshield wipers ..101 Climate control ……… 117 Driving and parking ……129 On-board computer and displays ..
  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    Audio menu (on-board computer) ..172 Active light function ……106 Audio system Active Light System see separate operating instructions Display message ……191 Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center Active service system PLUS see Qualified specialist workshop see ASSYST PLUS service interval AUTO lights display Display message ……

  • Page 7
    Index Automatic transmission Breakdown emergency mode ……. 140 see Flat tire see Towing away/tow-starting Bulbs see Changing bulbs Back support see Lumbar support Backup lamp California Changing bulbs ……113 Display message ……190 Important notice for retail Bag hook ……….216 customers and lessees ….
  • Page 8
    Index Cargo net Climate control Attaching ……..218 Automatic climate control (3- Important safety information ..217 zone) ……….120 Cargo tie down rings ……215 Controlling automatically ….122 Car wash (care) ……… 244 Cooling with air dehumidification . . 121 CD player/CD changer (on-board Defrosting the windows ….
  • Page 9
    Index Convenience closing feature ….83 Delayed switch-off Convenience opening feature …. 83 Exterior lighting (on-board Coolant (engine) computer) ……..176 Interior lighting ……177 Checking the level ……240 Digital speedometer ……170 Display message ……191 Display (cleaning instructions) ..248 Notes ……….
  • Page 10
    Index Driving abroad Traveling uphill ……. 150 Mercedes-Benz Service ….243 Wet road surface ……147 Symmetrical low beam ….102 DVD audio (on-board computer) ..173 Driving in mountainous terrain DVD-Video (on-board computer) ..173 Approach/departure angle …. 150…
  • Page 11
    Index Starting the engine with the SmartKey ……..132 Filler cap Starting with KEYLESS-GO ….. 132 see Fuel filler flap Switching off ……..143 First-aid kit ……… 252 Engine electronics Flat tire Problem (malfunction) ….134 Changing a wheel/mounting the Engine oil spare wheel ……..
  • Page 12
    Gasoline ……….141 Indicators Gear or selector lever (cleaning see Turn signals guidelines) ……… 248 Instrument cluster Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ..300 Overview ………. 29 Glove box ……….. 213 Settings ……… 175 GTW (Gross Trailer Weight) Warning and indicator lamps … 30 (definition) ………
  • Page 13
    Index Switching the daytime running lamps on/off (on-board computer) ……..176 see SmartKey Switching the daytime running KEYLESS-GO lamps on/off (switch) ….103 Convenience closing feature …. 84 Switching the exterior lighting Display message ……198 delayed switch-off on/off (on- Locking ……….
  • Page 14
    Index Multifunction steering wheel (4 Malfunctions relevant to safety Reporting ……… 24 buttons) Matte finish (cleaning see 4-button multifunction instructions) ……..245 steering wheel mbrace Call priority ……..229 Display message ……184 Navigation Downloading destinations Menu (on-board computer) …. 171 (COMAND) ……..
  • Page 15
    Index Menu overview ……169 Parking brake Message memory ……179 Display message ……183 Navigation menu ……171 Notes/function ……144 Operating video DVD ….. 173 Parking lamps (changing bulbs) ..111 Operation ……..167 PARKTRONIC Service menu ……… 175 Deactivating/activating ….
  • Page 16
    Index Rear lamps Roller blind Changing bulbs ……113 see Roller sunblind see Lights Roller sunblind Rear view camera Opening/closing ……87 Cleaning instructions ….. 247 Panorama roof with power tilt/ Function/notes ……157 sliding panel ……..86 Rear-view mirror Roof carrier ……..
  • Page 17
    Index Folding the backrest (rear Sliding sunroof compartment) forwards/back ..215 see Panorama roof with power Folding the rear bench seat tilt/sliding panel forwards/back ……. 214 SmartKey Important safety notes ….91 Changing the battery ……. 72 Seat heating problem …… 95 Changing the programming …..
  • Page 18
    Index Starting (engine) …….. 132 Opening/closing (automatically Station from outside) ……..79 Opening/closing (from outside) ..79 see Radio Steering (display message) ….198 Tail lamps Display message ……189 Steering wheel see Lights Adjusting (electrically) ….. 96 Tank Adjusting (manually) ……96 Button overview …….
  • Page 19
    Index Maximum ……..276 Optional equipment weight Notes ……….275 (definition) ……..293 Pressure loss warning ….277 PSI (pounds per square inch) Recommended ……. 273 (definition) ……..293 Tire pressure monitoring system Replacing ……..294 Function/notes ……278 Service life ……..271 Restarting ……..
  • Page 20
    Index Installing the ball coupling ….. 161 Type identification plate Lights display message ….188 see Vehicle identification plate Mounting dimensions ….308 Power supply ……… 164 Removing the ball coupling …. 164 Unlocking Shift range ……..137 Emergency unlocking ……. 77 Storing the ball coupling ….
  • Page 21
    Index Replacing the wiper blades …. 114 Switching on/off ……113 Warning and indicator lamps Winter driving ABS ……….202 Important safety notes ….272 Brakes ……….. 201 Slippery road surfaces ….149 Check Engine ……… 206 Snow chains ……..272 Coolant ……….
  • Page 22: Service And Warranty Information

    Operator’s Manual. approved for the type of vehicle. Country-specific differences are possible. Mercedes-Benz tests genuine parts as well as Please note that your vehicle may not be conversion parts and accessories which have equipped with all features described. This…

  • Page 23: Maintenance

    Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or its to an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix service advisor will record every service for one or more substantial defects or you in the Service and Warranty Booklet.

  • Page 24
    Delivery Program. For details, consult an abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write to actions that can cause loss of vehicle control. one of the following addresses. When driving off-road or working the vehicle…
  • Page 25: Qualified Specialist Workshop

    Operating safety Qualified specialist workshop An authorized Mercedes-Benz Center is a Safety notes qualified specialist workshop. It has the WARNING necessary specialist knowledge, tools and…

  • Page 26: Customer Relations Department

    If the problem is not resolved to 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go your satisfaction, please discuss the problem to: http://www.safercar.gov; or write to: again with a Mercedes-Benz Center or Administrator, NHTSA Headquarters, contact us at one of the following addresses. 1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, West Building, Washington, DC 20590.

  • Page 27
    Introduction This information helps, for example, to test vehicle systems after an accident and to continually improve vehicle safety. Daimler AG can access this data and submit for safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes with the consent of the vehicle owner on the instruction of prosecuting authorities for use in arbitration of disputes that…
  • Page 28
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 29
    Cockpit ……….28 Instrument cluster ……29 Multifunction steering wheel ….. 31 Center console ……..32 Overhead control panel …… 34 Door control panel ……35 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 30
    Cockpit Cockpit Function Page Function Page Cruise control lever Adjusts the steering wheel electrically Instrument cluster Combination switch Horn Parking brake PARKTRONIC warning display On-board diagnostics socket Overhead control panel Opens the hood Operates the climate control system Releases the parking brake Ignition lock Light switch Start/Stop button…
  • Page 31: Fuel Gauge

    Instrument cluster Instrument cluster Displays and controls Function Page Function Page Fuel gauge Transmission position and drive program Coolant temperature Clock Speedometer Instrument cluster lighting Segments brightness control: turn clockwise or counter- Multifunction display clockwise Tachometer Outside temperature Outside temperature Additional speedometer I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 32: Warning And Indicator Lamps

    Instrument cluster Warning and indicator lamps Function Page Function Page High-beam headlamps Seat belt ® Front fog lamps Low-beam headlamps Coolant Turn signal Brakes (USA only) ® Brakes (Canada only) Turn signal Check engine Rear fog lamp Reserve fuel Tire pressure monitor (USA only) I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 33
    Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Function Page Multifunction display Switches on the Voice Audio system/COMAND; Control System; see the see the separate operating separate operating instructions instructions Rejects or ends a call Back or deactivates the Exits phone book/redial Voice Control System memory Selects a menu…
  • Page 34: Upper Section

    Center console Center console Center console, upper section Function Page Function Page £ Hazard warning Audio system/COMAND; see separate operating lamps instructions ATA indicator lamp c Seat heating 45 indicator lamp c PARKTRONIC ® å ESP I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 35: Center Console Lower Section

    Center console Center console, lower section Function Page Function Page Stowage compartment Cup holder Ashtray Stowage compartment Cigarette lighter Audio/COMAND controller Power socket Selects the drive program Selector lever I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 36: Overhead Control Panel

    Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function Page Function Page u Switches the rear Integrated electronic compass interior lighting on/off Buttons for the garage door | Switches the opener automatic interior lighting control on/off Microphone for mbrace (emergency call system), p Switches the right- telephone and the Voice hand reading lamp on/off…

  • Page 37: Control Panel

    Door control panel Door control panel Function Page Function Page Opens the door n Activates/ deactivates the override %& Unlocks/locks feature for the side the vehicle windows in the rear compartment Adjusts the seat electrically q Opens/closes the r45= Stores settings for the seat, tailgate exterior mirrors and steering wheel…

  • Page 38
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 39
    Useful information ……38 Occupant safety ……..38 Children in the vehicle ……55 Panic alarm ………. 60 Driving safety systems ……. 61 Theft deterrent locking systems ..65 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 40: Useful Information

    Occupant safety Useful information to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended. This Operator’s Manual describes all Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices models and all standard and optional (ETDs), for example, could deploy equipment of your vehicle available at the inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents time of publication of the Operator’s although the deceleration threshold for air…

  • Page 41: Occupant Safety

    Do not pass seat belts over sharp edges. while driving They could tear. For your safety, Mercedes-Benz strongly Do not make any modification that could recommends that you have the system change the effectiveness of the seat belts.

  • Page 42: Important Safety Notes

    Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating position If you sell your vehicle, Mercedes-Benz and correct positioning of the hands on the strongly recommends that you inform the…

  • Page 43
    Occupant safety The driver and passenger should always wear Adjust the front-passenger seat as far back their seat belts. Otherwise, it is not possible as possible from the dashboard when the for the air bags to provide their supplemental seat is occupied. protection.
  • Page 44: Knee Bag

    Occupant safety They are deployed: The front-passenger front air bag will only deploy if: in the event of certain frontal impacts the system, based on the OCS weight if the system determines that air bag sensor readings, detects that the front- deployment can offer additional protection passenger seat is occupied.

  • Page 45: Pelvis Air Bag

    Side impact air bags : will not deploy in side Only use seat covers which have been tested impacts which do not exceed the system’s and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your preset deployment thresholds for lateral vehicle model. Using seat covers or other seat acceleration/deceleration.

  • Page 46: Window Curtain Air Bag

    Occupant safety arms, of the vehicle occupants on the side of the vehicle on which the impact occurs. The window curtain air bags are integrated into the side of the roof frame and deploy in the area from the A-pillar to the C-pillar. Pelvis air bags : deploy next to and below the outer seat cushions.

  • Page 47
    6 seconds when the engine is authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. started and then, depending on occupant For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz weight sensor readings from the front- recommends that you only use seat passenger seat, remain illuminated or go out.
  • Page 48
    Occupant safety If the 45 indicator lamp is not Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag. Note the following illuminated, the front-passenger front air bag important information when circumstances is activated and will be deployed: require you to place a child in the front- in the event of certain frontal impacts passenger seat:…
  • Page 49: System Self-Test

    Contact an seat belt according to the child seat authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. manufacturer’s instructions Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an For children larger than the typical 12- authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

  • Page 50
    Occupant safety WARNING If the 4 5 indicator lamp does not illuminate, the system is not functioning. You must contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat. For more information, see «Problems with the Occupant Classification System»…
  • Page 51
    The 45 The OCS is malfunctioning. indicator lamp Have the OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized illuminates and Mercedes-Benz Center. remains illuminated. Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction The person on the display ( page 187).
  • Page 52
    This provides For safety reasons, have the NECK-PRO head better head support. restraints checked at an authorized WARNING Mercedes-Benz Center after a rear-end collision. Do not secure any objects (e.g. coat hangers) on the NECK-PRO head restraints. Otherwise, WARNING…
  • Page 53
    WARNING Only use seat belts which have been approved Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. by Mercedes-Benz. Always make sure all of your passengers are Do not make any modifications to the seat properly restrained. You and your passengers belts.
  • Page 54
    Occupant safety that could result in serious injuries in the such as eyeglasses, pens, keys etc., as event of an accident. these might cause injuries. Each occupant should wear their seat belt Make sure the seat belt is always fitted at all times, because seat belts help reduce snugly.
  • Page 55: Fastening

    Occupant safety Fastening seat belts If necessary, adjust the seat belt to the appropriate height ( page 53). WARNING If necessary, pull upwards on the shoulder According to accident statistics, children are section of the seat belt to tighten the belt safer when properly restrained on the rear across your body.

  • Page 56: Belt Force Limiters

    Occupant safety Using the rear center seat belt If the driver or front passenger have not fastened their seat belt after 6 seconds and If the left-hand rear seat backrest is folded the doors are closed, the 7 seat belt down and back up again, the rear center seat warning lamp lights up.

  • Page 57: Children In The Vehicle

    These are available at any belt on the vehicle occupant. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The seat belt force limiters for the front seats If the front-passenger seat is not are synchronized with the front air bags.

  • Page 58
    Children in the vehicle Observe all warning signs in the vehicle injured or even killed if the front passenger interior and on the infant or child restraint. front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances, WARNING even with the air bag technology installed According to accident statistics, children are…
  • Page 59: Special Seat Belt Retractor

    Children in the vehicle are not properly secured in the vehicle and/ If children open a door, they could injure other or the child is not properly secured in the child persons or get out of the vehicle and injure restraint.

  • Page 60: Anchors

    Children in the vehicle Removing a child restraint system/ restraint systems are installed on the left and deactivating the special seat belt retractor: right of the rear seats. Secure non LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child Always comply with the manufacturer’s restraint systems using the vehicle’s seat belt installation instructions.

  • Page 61: Child-Proof Locks Important Safety Notes

    Children in the vehicle Top Tether provides an additional connection Top Tether belt A is routed between the between the child restraint system secured rear seat backrest and cargo with ISOFIX and the rear seat. It helps reduce compartment cover ; if cargo the risk of injury even further.

  • Page 62: Panic Alarm

    Panic alarm hot, and the child could be burned on these parts. Child-proof locks for the rear doors WARNING Children could open a rear door from inside the vehicle. This could result in serious injuries or an accident. Therefore, when children ride in the rear always secure the rear doors with the child-proof locks.

  • Page 63: Driving Safety Systems

    Driving safety systems USA only: Important safety notes This device complies with Part 15 of the WARNING FCC Rules. Operation is subject to the The following factors increase the risk of following two conditions: accidents: 1. This device may not cause harmful interference, and Excessive speed, especially in turns Wet and slippery road surfaces…

  • Page 64: Important Safety Notes

    Driving safety systems ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) and significantly reduces braking effectiveness. Important safety notes Observe the «Important safety notes» BAS (Brake Assist System) section ( page 61). ABS regulates brake pressure in such a way Observe the «Important safety notes» that the wheels do not lock when you brake.

  • Page 65: Ets/4Ets (Electronic Traction System)

    2-axle dynamometer. If you wish to operate the vehicle on such a when using snow chains dynamometer, please consult an in deep snow authorized Mercedes-Benz Center in on sand or gravel advance. You could otherwise damage the drive train or the brake system. WARNING ®…

  • Page 66: Electronic Brake Force Distribution

    Driving safety systems ® To activate: press button :. When you deactivate ESP ® The å ESP OFF warning lamp in the ® no longer improves driving stability. instrument cluster goes out. the engine’s torque is no longer limited and the drive wheels can spin.

  • Page 67: Theft Deterrent Locking Systems

    15 started when the starter battery is fully seconds. charged, the immobilizer may be faulty. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz To deactivate: unlock the vehicle with the Center or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in SmartKey or KEYLESS-GO. USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

  • Page 68
    Theft deterrent locking systems To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO: grasp the outside door handle. The SmartKey must be outside the vehicle. The alarm is switched off. Press the Start/Stop button on the dashboard. The SmartKey must be inside the vehicle. The alarm is switched off.
  • Page 69
    Useful information ……68 SmartKey ……….68 Doors ………… 75 Cargo compartment ……78 Side windows ……..82 Sliding sunroof ……..85 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 70: Useful Information

    SmartKey Useful information hot, and a child could be burned on these parts. This Operator’s Manual describes all WARNING models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the If a key ring is too heavy or too large, the time of publication of the Operator’s weight acting on the key could cause it to turn Manual.

  • Page 71: Locking

    SmartKey Any unauthorized modification to this When it is dark, the surround lighting also device could void the user’s authority to comes on if it is activated in the on-board operate the equipment. computer ( page 176). The Product label with FCC ID and IC If you activate the acoustic locking certification number can be found in the confirmation function, you will hear the…

  • Page 72
    SmartKey This device complies with RSS-210 of can then not be locked or started using Industry Canada. Operation is subject to KEYLESS-GO. the following two conditions: If the KEYLESS-GO key has been removed 1. This device may not cause harmful from the vehicle, e.g.
  • Page 73: Convenience Closing Feature

    SmartKey To unlock the vehicle: touch the inner The KEYLESS-GO function is changed as surface of the door handle. follows: To lock the vehicle: touch sensor To unlock the driver’s door: touch the surface :. inner surface of the door handle on the driver’s door.

  • Page 74: Important Safety Notes

    SmartKey Checking the battery If you unlock the vehicle using the mechanical key, the fuel filler flap will not be unlocked automatically. Removing the mechanical key Press the & or % button. The battery is working properly if battery check lamp : lights up briefly If battery check lamp : does not light up Push release catch : in the direction of briefly during the test, the battery is…

  • Page 75
    SmartKey arrow until battery tray cover : opens. When doing so, do not hold cover : shut. Remove battery tray cover :. Repeatedly tap the SmartKey against your palm until battery = falls out. Insert the new battery with the positive terminal facing upwards.
  • Page 76: Loss

    SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You cannot lock or The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. unlock the vehicle Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control using the SmartKey. function of the SmartKey. Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver’s door handle from close range and press the %/ &…

  • Page 77: Important Safety Notes

    Doors Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You have lost the Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. mechanical key. If necessary, have the locks changed as well. The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low. started using the Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g.

  • Page 78
    Doors It is only possible to lock the vehicle Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo centrally if the front-passenger door is increases a child’s risk of injury in the event closed. strong braking maneuvers sudden changes of direction an accident Unlocking and opening doors from the inside Only open the door when the traffic situation permits.
  • Page 79: Doors

    Doors Turn the mechanical key counterclockwise to position 1. The door is unlocked. Turn the mechanical key back and remove Insert the mechanical key into the SmartKey. Locking the vehicle (mechanical key) To deactivate: press and hold button : If the vehicle can no longer be locked with the for about five seconds until a tone sounds.

  • Page 80: Important Safety Notes

    Cargo compartment If you lock the vehicle as described above, compartment unless they are firmly secured the fuel filler flap is not locked. The anti- in place. theft alarm system is not armed. Unsecured or improperly positioned cargo increases a child’s risk of injury in the event Cargo compartment strong braking maneuvers Important safety notes…

  • Page 81: Cargo Compartment

    Cargo compartment Pull the tailgate down using recess :. Opening/closing from outside Push the tailgate closed from outside the Opening vehicle. Press the % button on the SmartKey. If necessary, lock the vehicle with the & button on the SmartKey page 68) or with KEYLESS-GO page 69).

  • Page 82: Opening/Closing (Automatically From Inside)

    Cargo compartment To close: press closing button : on the If you have opened the tailgate automatically, you should wait a moment tailgate. before closing the tailgate manually. Press and hold the F button on the Closing SmartKey until the tailgate closes. To close and lock simultaneously: WARNING Press locking button ;…

  • Page 83: Limiting The Opening Angle

    Cargo compartment Limiting the opening angle of the Monitor the closing procedure carefully to tailgate make sure no one is in danger of being injured. Important safety notes To interrupt the closing procedure, press or You can limit the opening angle of the pull the door-mounted remote tailgate switch.

  • Page 84: Opening/Closing

    Side windows Tailgate emergency release function will stop the door window and open it slightly. If the tailgate can no longer be opened from The door windows operate differently when outside the vehicle, use the emergency the switch is pulled and held. See the section release on inside of the tailgate.

  • Page 85: Side Windows

    Side windows Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver’s Rear right door handle. Rear left Press and hold the % button until the The switches for all side windows are located side windows and the panorama roof with on the driver’s door.

  • Page 86: Resetting

    Side windows Vehicles with KEYLESS-GO: Release the locking button on the exterior door handle in order to interrupt the closing procedure. Pull the same exterior door handle immediately and hold it firmly. The side windows and the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding panel open for as long as the door handle is held without actually opening the door.

  • Page 87: Sliding Sunroof

    Sliding sunroof If the side window opens again slightly: WARNING Immediately pull the corresponding switch Pulling and holding the switch to close the on the door control panel until the side door window immediately after it had been window is completely closed ( page 82).

  • Page 88: Panorama Roof With Power Tilt Sliding Panel

    Sliding sunroof Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the as entire body parts or portions of them may ignition lock. protrude from the passenger compartment. Push or pull the 3 switch in the Only open the sliding sunroof if it is free corresponding direction.

  • Page 89: Resetting

    Sliding sunroof Opening and closing until the panorama roof with power tilt/ sliding panel is fully closed. Keep the 3 switch pulled for an additional second. Press the 3 switch to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow ; and hold it until the sunblinds have opened about 4 in (10 cm).

  • Page 90
    Sliding sunroof of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed. The sliding sunroof is closed with increased force. If the sliding sunroof is obstructed again during closing and reopens again slightly: Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the 3 switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed.
  • Page 91
    Useful information ……90 Correct driver’s seat position …. 90 Seats ………… 91 Steering wheel ……..96 Mirrors ……….97 Memory function ……100 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 92: Useful Information

    Correct driver’s seat position you can fasten the seat belt properly. Useful information you have moved the backrest to an almost vertical position. This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional you have set the seat cushion angle so equipment of your vehicle available at the that your thighs are gently supported.

  • Page 93: Seats

    Seats page 97) in such a way that you have with the driver still able to operate the a good view of road and traffic conditions. controls properly. Vehicles with a memory function: save adjust the head restraint so that it is as the seat, steering wheel and exterior mirror close to the head as possible and the center settings (…

  • Page 94: Adjusting The Seats

    Seats Adjusting the seats injury to the head and neck in the event of an accident or similar situation. Vehicles without Memory function: the Do not drive the vehicle without the seat head seats can be adjusted within three minutes restraints.

  • Page 95: Head Restraints Adjusting

    Seats Adjusting the head restraint height Seat fore-and-aft adjustment electrically Backrest angle To adjust the head restraint height: slide Head restraint height the switch for head restraint adjustment You can store the seat settings using the page 92) up or down in the direction of memory function ( page 100).

  • Page 96
    Seats Adjusting the rear seat head restraint Removing and installing rear head height restraints WARNING Occupants should only travel sitting on seats which have the head restraints installed. In the event of an accident, this reduces the risk of injury for passengers seated in the rear compartment.
  • Page 97
    Seats If the battery voltage is too low, the seat heating may switch off. Move adjustment lever : in the direction of the arrow until the desired backrest contour is achieved. Driver’s and front-passenger seat The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately Adjusting the four-way lumbar eight minutes.
  • Page 98: Steering Wheel

    Steering wheel Steering wheel Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Important safety notes WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving, or driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

  • Page 99: Mirrors

    Mirrors Crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature WARNING Let the system complete the adjustment If the crash-responsive EASY-EXIT feature is procedure before setting the vehicle in triggered in an accident, the steering column motion. All steering wheel adjustment must will move upwards when the driver’s door is be completed before setting the vehicle in opened.

  • Page 100: Setting

    Mirrors The exterior mirrors are automatically heated Make sure that the SmartKey is in position if the rear window defroster is switched on 1 or 2 in the ignition lock. and the outside temperature is low. Briefly press button :. Both exterior mirrors fold in or out.

  • Page 101: Storing The Parking Position

    Mirrors Exterior mirror out of position engage reverse gear. You can store this position. If an exterior mirror has been pushed out of position, proceed as follows: Vehicles without electrically folding exterior mirrors: move the exterior mirror into the correct position manually. Vehicles with electronically folding mirrors : press the mirror-folding button…

  • Page 102: Memory Function

    Memory function allows you to see the rear wheel and WARNING the curb. Do not activate the memory function while Press memory button M ? and one of driving. Activating the memory function while the arrows on adjustment button = driving could cause the driver to lose control within three seconds.

  • Page 103: Replacing

    Useful information ……102 Exterior lighting …….. 102 Interior lighting ……… 107 Replacing bulbs ……… 108 Windshield wipers ……113 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 104: Useful Information

    Have the headlamps converted at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center, as close to the border as possible before driving in these countries. Converting to asymmetrical low beam…

  • Page 105: Exterior Lighting

    Exterior lighting Low-beam headlamps To switch on the low-beam headlamps: turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine. Turn the light switch to L. The L indicator lamp in the instrument cluster lights up. Daytime running lamps Illustration: light switch with the c symbol for Daytime running lamps in Canada…

  • Page 106: Automatic Headlamp Mode

    Exterior lighting daytime running lamps function using the The automatic headlamp feature is only an on-board computer ( page 176). aid. The driver is responsible for the vehicle’s Turn the light switch to c or Ã. lighting at all times. With the engine running: depending on the ambient light, the daytime running lamps or Front fog lamps…

  • Page 107: Combination Switch

    Exterior lighting High-beam headlamps Press the R button. The yellow R indicator lamp in the To switch on the high-beam headlamps: instrument cluster lights up. turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to To switch off the rear fog lamp: press the position 2 or start the engine.

  • Page 108: Active Light Function

    Exterior lighting The hazard warning lamps automatically Cornering light function switch on if: an air bag is deployed. the vehicle is slowed down severely from a speed of over 45 mph(70 km/h) and comes to a halt. To switch on the hazard warning lamps: press button :.

  • Page 109: Interior Lighting

    Interior lighting Interior lighting Overview of interior lighting Rear-compartment overhead control panel p Switches the right-hand reading lamp on/off p Switches the left-hand reading lamp on/off Interior lighting control u Switches the rear interior lighting Important notes on/off In order to prevent the vehicle’s battery from | Switches the automatic interior discharging, the interior lighting functions are lighting control on/off…

  • Page 110: Important Safety Notes

    Replacing bulbs Manual interior lighting control Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this To switch the front interior lighting on/ purpose. In particular, work relevant to safety off: press the c button. or on safety-related systems must be carried To switch the rear interior lighting on/ out at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 111: Replacing Bulbs

    Replacing bulbs Never use a bulb which has been dropped. Such a bulb may break or even explode and injure you. Halogen bulbs are pressurized and can explode when you change them, particularly if they are very hot. You should therefore wear eye protection and gloves when you are changing them.

  • Page 112: Low-Beam Headlamps

    Replacing bulbs Removing/attaching the washer fluid reservoir You must remove the washer fluid reservoir from the engine compartment before you can replace the bulbs in the left-hand headlamp. License plate lamp License plate lamp: W 5 W Changing the front bulbs Removing/installing the headlamp To detach: turn catch ;…

  • Page 113: High-Beam Headlamps

    Replacing bulbs Turn housing cover : counter-clockwise and pull it out. Pull connector ; from bulb ?. Unclip retaining spring = and fold it down. Pull out bulb ?. Insert the new bulb. Clip retaining spring = back in. Attach connector ; to bulb ?. Attach housing cover : and turn it clockwise until it engages.

  • Page 114: Opening And Closing The Side Trim Panels

    Replacing bulbs Take the bulb out of bulb holder ;. Left-hand headlamp: fasten the washer fluid reservoir ( page 110). Insert the new bulb into bulb holder ;. Install the headlamp cover ( page 110). Insert bulb holder ;. Align housing cover : and turn it clockwise until it engages.

  • Page 115: Windshield Wipers

    Windshield wipers Tail lamp Insert the connector. Close the side trim panel ( page 112). Switch off the lights. Open the cargo compartment. License plate lamps Open the side trim panel ( page 112). Switch off the lights. Pull out connector ;. Open the tailgate.

  • Page 116: Rear Window Wiper

    Windshield wipers the Ä position, causing the windshield If the windshield wipers leave smears on the windshield after the vehicle has been wipers to wipe more frequently. washed in an automatic car wash, wax or other residues may be the reason for this. Switching the rear window wiper on/ Clean the windshield using washer fluid after washing the vehicle in an automatic…

  • Page 117
    Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades replaced by a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
  • Page 118
    Windshield wipers Replacing the rear window wiper blade For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. Removing the wiper blade Switch off the engine using the Start/Stop button and open the driver’s door. Remove the cause of the obstruction. Switch the windshield wipers back on.
  • Page 119: Climate Control

    Useful information ……118 Overview of climate control sys- tems ……….. 118 Operating the climate control sys- tem …………. 121 Setting the air vents ……125 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 120: Useful Information

    Overview of climate control systems convenience opening feature ( page 83). Useful information This will speed up the cooling process and the desired vehicle interior temperature This Operator’s Manual describes all will be reached more quickly. models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the The integrated filter can filter out most time of publication of the Operator’s…

  • Page 121: Overview Of Climate Control Systems

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control To set the temperature, left ( page 122) To set climate control to automatic ( page 122) To switch climate control on/off ( page 121) To switch the MONO function on/off page 123) To switch maximum cooling MAX COOL on/off page 123)

  • Page 122: Rear Control Panel

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control Front control panel Sets the temperature, left ( page 122) Sets climate control to automatic mode ( page 122) Switches climate control on/off ( page 121) Activates/deactivates the MONO function ( page 123) Activates/deactivates cooling with air dehumidification ( page 121)

  • Page 123: Operating The Climate Control System

    Operating the climate control system Reduces the airflow ( page 123) Reduces the temperature ( page 122) dehumidified according to the temperature Operating the climate control system selected. Activating/deactivating climate WARNING control If you switch off the cooling function, the Important information vehicle will not be cooled when weather conditions are warm.

  • Page 124: Indicator Lamp

    Operating the climate control system Problems with the cooling with air Setting the temperature dehumidification function Different temperatures can be set for the When you press the ¿ button, the driver’s and front-passenger sides. indicator lamp in the button flashes three Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the times or remains off.

  • Page 125: Defrosting The Windshield

    Operating the climate control system Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the The climate control system switches to the ignition lock. following functions: Press the _ button repeatedly until the cooling with air dehumidification on desired symbol appears in the display. high airflow The indicator lamp in the Ã…

  • Page 126: Defrosting The Windows

    Operating the climate control system To activate: press the Ù button. Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. The indicator lamp in the button lights up. Press the ¤ button. To deactivate: press the Ù button The indicator lamp in the ¤ button lights again.

  • Page 127: Setting The Air Vents

    Setting the air vents activated automatically, the indicator lamp Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the in the g button is not lit. ignition lock or remove it. To activate: press the Ì button. Outside air is added after about 30 minutes.

  • Page 128: Rear

    Setting the air vents depends on the airflow and air distribution Setting the center air vents settings. Close the air vent when heating the vehicle. At high outside temperatures, open the air vent and activate the «cooling with air dehumidification» function. Otherwise, temperature-sensitive items stored in the glove box could be damaged.

  • Page 129
    Setting the air vents To open/close: turn thumbwheel : up or down. I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 130
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 131: Automatic Transmission

    Useful information ……130 Breaking-in notes ……130 Driving ……….130 Automatic transmission ….135 Refueling ……….141 Parking ……….143 Driving tips ……..145 Driving systems …….. 151 Trailer towing ……..159 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 132: Useful Information

    Driving Always observe the respective speed Useful information restrictions. This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional Driving equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s Important safety notes Manual. Country-specific differences are possible.

  • Page 133: Start/Stop Button

    Driving Where possible, avoid spinning the drive The Start/Stop button must be inserted into wheels when pulling away on slippery the ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in roads. You could otherwise damage the the vehicle. drive train. Pressing the Start/Stop button several times in succession corresponds to the different SmartKey positions in the ignition lock.

  • Page 134: Starting The Engine

    Driving Do not run the engine in confined areas (such as a garage) which are not properly ventilated. If you think that exhaust gas fumes are entering the vehicle while driving, have the cause determined and corrected immediately. If you must drive under these conditions, drive only with at least one window fully open at all times.

  • Page 135: Pulling Away

    Driving The Start/Stop button can be used to The vehicle locks centrally once you have start the vehicle without inserting the pulled away. The locking knobs in the doors SmartKey into the ignition lock. The Start/ drop down. Stop button must be inserted into the You can open the doors from the inside at ignition lock and the SmartKey must be in any time.

  • Page 136
    If the engine does not start after several attempts: Consult a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The engine does not The on-board voltage is too low because the battery is too weak start. You cannot hear or discharged.
  • Page 137: Automatic Transmission

    Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly. Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Otherwise, non-combusted fuel may get into the catalytic converter and damage it. The coolant The coolant level is too low.

  • Page 138: Transmission Position Display

    Automatic transmission Transmission position and drive Transmission positions program display Park position Do not shift the transmission into position P( page 143) unless the vehicle is stationary. The parking lock should not be used as a brake when parking. In addition to engaging the parking lock, you must always apply the parking brake to secure the vehicle.

  • Page 139: Changing Gear

    Automatic transmission Driving tips Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N Kickdown while driving. The transmission Use kickdown for maximum acceleration. could otherwise be damaged. Vehicles for USA: fully depress the No power is transmitted from the accelerator pedal. engine to the drive wheels.

  • Page 140: Automatic Drive Program

    Automatic transmission Shift ranges Introduction When the automatic transmission is in position D, it is possible to restrict or derestrict the shift range ( page 138). The shift range selected is shown in the multifunction display. The automatic transmission shifts only as far as the selected gear.

  • Page 141
    Automatic transmission Derestricting the shift range Briefly press the selector lever to the right towards D+. The shift range is derestricted. Clearing the shift range restriction Press and hold the selector lever towards D+ until D is shown once more in the multifunction display.
  • Page 142: Releasing The Parking Lock Manually

    Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil. problems shifting gear. Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center, immediately. The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode. is deteriorating.

  • Page 143: Refueling

    Refueling an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for Otherwise, the fuel will enter the fuel lines. this purpose. Notify a qualified specialist workshop and have the fuel tank and fuel lines drained ® To prevent ESP from intervening, the completely. ignition must be switched off (SmartKey in…

  • Page 144
    Refueling Closing next to the filling pump indicates the side of the vehicle. Replace the fuel filler cap and turn it clockwise. The fuel filler cap audibly engages. Close the fuel filler flap. If you drive with the fuel filler cap open, reserve fuel warning lamp 8 flashes.
  • Page 145: Parking

    Parking Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Fuel is leaking from the Risk of explosion or fire vehicle. The fuel line or the fuel tank is defective. Turn the SmartKey to position 0( page 131) in the ignition lock immediately and remove it.

  • Page 146: Parking Brake

    Parking Vehicles with manual transmission brake lights do not light up when the parking brake is engaged. Shift to either first gear or reverse gear R. Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the WARNING ignition lock and remove it. When leaving the vehicle, always remove the The immobilizer is activated.

  • Page 147: Driving Tips

    Driving tips Drive sensibly – save fuel workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes- Benz Center. Observe the following tips to save fuel: If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than The tires should always be inflated to the six weeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as recommended tire pressure.

  • Page 148: Driving Tips

    This type of damage is not immediately. If you must drive under these covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty. conditions, drive only with at least one window fully open at all times. Heavy and light loads…

  • Page 149: Maintenance

    This work should be carried first braking action may be somewhat out at an authorized Mercedes-Benz reduced. You have to depress the brake pedal Center. more firmly. Maintain a safe distance from All checks and maintenance work on the vehicles in front.

  • Page 150: Driving On Flooded Roads

    Driving tips If your brake system is subject only to Driving on wet roads moderate loads, you should test the Hydroplaning functionality of your brakes at regular intervals by pressing firmly on the brake pedal If water has accumulated to a certain depth at high speeds.

  • Page 151: Off-Road Driving

    ( page 272). at a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Slippery road surfaces Otherwise, there is a risk that braking power may be insufficient in the event of an WARNING…

  • Page 152: Approach/Departure Angle

    If the vehicle seems the components of the chassis. unsafe, have the vehicle towed away to the nearest Mercedes-Benz Center or tire dealer Observe the following rules when driving over to be repaired. tree stumps, large stones and other…

  • Page 153: Driving Systems

    Driving systems This style of driving prevents: WARNING the vehicle from lifting off the ground on the The cruise control is a convenience system brow of a hill designed to assist the driver during vehicle operation. The driver is and must always the vehicle from traveling too quickly down remain responsible for the vehicle’s speed the other side…

  • Page 154: Setting A Speed

    Driving systems Briefly pull the cruise control lever towards To deactivate cruise control you ?. To switch on with the current speed or Remove your foot from the accelerator with the last stored speed pedal. When you activate cruise control, the stored The first time cruise control is activated, it speed is shown in the multifunction display stores the current speed or regulates the…

  • Page 155: Matic (Permanent Four-Wheel Drive)

    This may damage the transfer case. Damage of this sort is not covered by the Cruise control is automatically deactivated if: Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty. All you depress the parking brake. wheels must remain either on the ground you are driving below 20 mph (30 km/h).

  • Page 156: Parktronic

    Driving systems Range of the sensors PARKTRONIC Important safety notes General notes The sensors must be free of dirt, ice and WARNING slush; otherwise they may not function The PARKTRONIC is a supplemental system. correctly. Clean the sensors regularly, taking It is not intended to, nor does it replace, the care not to scratch or damage them need for extreme care.

  • Page 157: Warning Display

    Driving systems When parking, pay particular attention to objects above or below the sensors, such as flower pots or trailer drawbars. PARKTRONIC does not detect such objects when they are in the immediate vicinity of the vehicle. You could damage the vehicle or the objects.

  • Page 158: Deactivating/Activating

    Driving systems Deactivating/activating PARKTRONIC To deactivate/activate PARKTRONIC Indicator lamp If indicator lamp ; lights up, PARKTRONIC is deactivated. PARKTRONIC is automatically activated when you turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. Trailer towing PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear area when you establish an electrical connection between your vehicle and a trailer.

  • Page 159: Rear View Camera

    Driving systems Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Only the red segments PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off. in the PARKTRONIC If problems persist, have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified warning displays are lit. specialist workshop. You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds.

  • Page 160
    Mercedes-Benz Even if the object you approach is directly on recommends that you consult a Mercedes- the ground, do not approach the object any Benz Center for this purpose.
  • Page 161: Trailer Towing

    This could lead to an accident with Contact a Mercedes-Benz Center if you need serious or even fatal injuries. further explanation of the information When towing a trailer, always adjust your contained in this Operator’s Manual.

  • Page 162: General Information

    For certain Mercedes-Benz vehicles, the maximum permissible rear axle load is When towing a trailer, set the tire increased when towing a trailer. Refer to the pressure on the rear axle of the towing «Technical data»…

  • Page 163: Installing The Ball Coupling

    On long and steep downhill gradients, you tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. must select shift range 1, 2 or 3 in good time. This helps to avoid damage to the vehicle.

  • Page 164: Coupling Up A Trailer

    Trailer towing residence but also at any location to which Coupling up a trailer you are traveling. The police and local Observe the maximum permissible trailer authorities can provide reliable information. dimensions (width and length). Please observe the following when towing a Most U.S.

  • Page 165: Decoupling A Trailer

    Trailer towing If possible, avoid abrupt braking. Depress Do not disconnect a trailer with an the brake pedal moderately at first, so that engaged overrun brake. Otherwise, your the trailer can activate its own brakes. Then vehicle could be damaged by the increase the pressure on the brake pedal.

  • Page 166: Removing

    B-pillar on the driver’s side of are involved in an accident the vehicle. Observe the manufacturer’s installation Mercedes-Benz recommends loading the instructions. trailer so that the drawbar noseweight remains between 8% and 15% of the permissible gross trailer weight.

  • Page 167
    Useful information ……166 Important safety notes ….166 Displays and operation ….166 Menus and submenus …… 169 Display messages ……179 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ……200 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 168: Useful Information

    «At a glance» section the vehicle. Bring the vehicle to an authorized page 29). Mercedes-Benz Center to address the malfunction and warning messages. WARNING A driver’s attention to the road and traffic…

  • Page 169: Displays And Operation

    Displays and operation If the coolant temperature is too high a Operating the on-board computer display message is shown. Overview If the coolant temperature rises above 248 ‡(120 †), do not drive any further as The on-board computer is activated as soon this could damage the engine.

  • Page 170: Trip Menu

    Displays and operation Left control panel Adjusts the volume Calls up the menu and menu bar Mute Press briefly: Back button Scrolls through lists Press briefly: Selects a submenu or function In the Audio menu: selects a Back stored station, an audio track or Switches off the Voice Control a video scene System…

  • Page 171: Menu Overview

    Menus and submenus Menus and submenus Menu overview The number of menus shown depends on the optional equipment in the vehicle. Function Trip menu ( page 170) Navi menu (navigation details) ( page 171) Audio menu ( page 172) menu (telephone) ( page 173) Service menu (…

  • Page 172: Digital Speedometer

    Menus and submenus When 9,999 hours or 99,999 miles have been Trip menu exceeded, the trip computer is automatically Standard display From Reset. reset Displaying the range and current fuel consumption Press the = or ; button on the Trip steering wheel to select the menu.

  • Page 173: Menus And Submenus

    Menus and submenus Resetting values Route guidance inactive You can reset the values of the following functions: Trip odometer Trip computer «From start» Trip computer «From reset» Press the = or ; button on the Direction of travel Trip steering wheel to select the menu.

  • Page 174: Audio System

    Menus and submenus Change of direction announced with a Off Map road: the vehicle position lane recommendation is outside the area of the digital map (off- map position). Lane recommendations are only displayed if the relevant data is available on the digital Route: no route could be calculated to map.

  • Page 175: Operating

    Menus and submenus Operating audio player or audio media Audio data from various audio devices or media can be played, depending on the equipment installed in the vehicle. Switch on the audio system or COMAND and select the audio device or medium (see the separate operating instructions).

  • Page 176: Number From The Phone Book

    Menus and submenus You will see one of the following display Press the 9 or : button to select the messages in the multifunction display: desired name. To start scrolling rapidly, press and hold the Telephone Ready or the name of the 9 or : button for longer than one network provider: the mobile phone has second.

  • Page 177: Settings

    Menus and submenus The selected unit of measurement for Service menu distance applies to: Trip the digital speedometer in the menu the odometer and the trip odometer the trip computer the current consumption and the range Navi the navigation instruction in the menu ASSYST PLUS service interval display Service…

  • Page 178: Time/Date Submenu

    Menus and submenus Time/date Press the = or ; button on the Settings steering wheel to select the This submenu is only available on vehicles menu. with Audio 20. To set the time and the date Press the : or 9 button to select the for vehicles with COMAND, see the separate Lights submenu.

  • Page 179: Interior Lighting

    Menus and submenus Press the : or 9 button to select the Press the = or ; button on the Locator Lighting: Settings function. steering wheel to select the Enabled You will see the selected setting: menu. or Disabled. Press the : or 9 button to select the Press the a button to save the setting.

  • Page 180
    Menus and submenus Press the = or ; button on the WARNING Settings steering wheel to select the You must make sure no one can become menu. trapped or injured by the moving steering Press the : or 9 button to select the wheel when the easy-entry/exit feature is Convenience submenu.
  • Page 181: Display Messages

    WARNING All categories of messages contain important information which should be taken note of and, where a malfunction is indicated, addressed as soon as possible at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Failure to repair the condition noted may cause damage not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty, or result in property damage or personal injury.

  • Page 182: Display Message

    Display messages Safety systems Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions !÷ Risk of accident ® ABS (Anti-lock Braking System), ESP (Electronic Stability Currently ® Program), BAS (Brake Assist), hill start assist and ESP trailer Unavailable See stabilization are temporarily unavailable. Operator’s Manual In addition, the ä, å…

  • Page 183
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions !÷ Risk of accident ® ® ABS, ESP , BAS, hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are Inoperative See unavailable due to a malfunction. Operator’s Manual The $ (USA only)/ J (Canada only), ä, å and ! warning lamps in the instrument cluster also light up.
  • Page 184: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ Risk of accident ® ® , hill start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are unavailable Inoperative See due to a malfunction. Operator’s Manual In addition, the ä and å warning lamps light up in the instrument cluster.

  • Page 185
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You are driving with the parking brake applied. A warning tone also (USA sounds. only) (Canada Release the parking brake. only) Release Parking Brake Risk of accident (USA There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. only) (Canada Additionally, the red $ (USA only)/ J (Canada only)
  • Page 186: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions USA only: one or more of the main functions in the mbrace system are malfunctioning. Tele Aid Canada only: one or more of the main functions of the TELEAID Inoperative system are malfunctioning. USA only: have the mbrace system checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 187: Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center

    In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above, the SRS may not be operational. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have the system checked. Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident, which could result in serious or fatal injury, or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury.

  • Page 188
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Front Passenger The front-passenger air bag is enabled during the journey, even Airbag Enabled though: See Operator’s a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the Manual system’s weight threshold is located on the front-passenger seat.
  • Page 189
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. WARNING If the 45 indicator lamp remains off even after performing the above corrective steps, do not have any children 12 years old and under and other small individuals use the front-passenger seat until the system has been repaired.
  • Page 190: Lights

    Display messages WARNING If the 45 indicator lamp remains lit with an adult occupant on the front-passenger seat even after performing the above corrective steps, do not have any passenger use the front- passenger seat until the system has been repaired. Lights Display messages about LEDs: This display message will only appear if all LEDs have failed.

  • Page 191: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear left-hand or rear right-hand turn signal is defective. Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Check Rear Left page 108). Turn SignalorCheck Rear Right Turn Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Signal The front left-hand or front right-hand turn signal is defective.

  • Page 192: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The left or right-hand license plate lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Check Left License page 108). Plate LamporCheck Right License Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Plate Lamp The left-hand or right-hand front fog lamp is defective.

  • Page 193: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself Check Rear Left page 108). Sidemarker LamporCheck Rear Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Right Sidemarker Lamp The left or right-hand daytime running lamp is defective.

  • Page 194
    Display messages WARNING Do not spill antifreeze on hot engine parts. Antifreeze contains ethylene glycol which may burn if it comes into contact with hot engine parts. You could be seriously burned. The coolant level is too low. Avoid making long journeys with too little coolant in the cooling system.
  • Page 195: Display Message

    Display messages If the coolant temperature exceeds 248 ‡(120 †) do not continue driving. The engine will otherwise be damaged. Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine fan is defective. At coolant temperatures under 248 ‡ (120 † ), drive to the next qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 196: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range. Refuel at the nearest gas station. Fuel Level Low There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank. Refuel at the nearest gas station without fail.

  • Page 197
    Display messages Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort, wear unevenly, increase stopping distance, and result in sudden deflation (blowout) because they are more likely to become punctured or damaged by road debris, potholes etc. Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check Tire…
  • Page 198
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check Risk of accident Tires The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display. A warning tone also sounds. Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers.
  • Page 199: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Risk of accident The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. Check Tire Pressure Stop the vehicle without making any sudden steering or braking maneuvers. Pay attention to the traffic conditions as you do so. If necessary, change a wheel ( page 294).

  • Page 200: Keyless-Go

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Risk of accident The power steering is malfunctioning. Power Steering Malfunction See You will need to use more force to steer. Operator’s Manual A warning tone also sounds. Check whether you are able to apply the extra force required. If you are able to steer safely: carefully drive on to a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 201
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The display message is shown for a maximum of 60 seconds and is only a reminder. Don’t Forget Your You have opened the driver’s door with the engine switched off. The KEYLESS-GO key is not in the ignition lock. Remember to take the KEYLESS-GO key with you when you leave the vehicle.
  • Page 202: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions KEYLESS-GO is temporarily malfunctioning or is defective. A warning tone also sounds. Remove ‘Start’ Insert the SmartKey into the ignition lock and turn it to the Button and Insert desired position.

  • Page 203: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Risk of injury The red seat belt The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. In warning lamp flashes addition, you are driving faster than 15 mph (25 km/h) or you have and an intermittent briefly driven faster than 15 mph (25 km/h).

  • Page 204: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Risk of accident The yellow ABS warning ABS (Anti-lock Brake System) is deactivated due to a malfunction. lamp is lit while the ® (Electronic Stability Program), BAS (Brake Assist), hill start engine is running.

  • Page 205: Warning And Indicator Lamps In The Instrument Cluster

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Risk of accident The yellow ABS warning ® EBD is faulty. Therefore, ABS, BAS, hill start assist and ESP trailer lamp is lit while the stabilization, for example, are also not available due to a engine is running.

  • Page 206
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions At least one wheel is spinning and the electronic traction system ä is deactivated to prevent the brakes on the drive wheels from ® The yellow ESP overheating.
  • Page 207: Warning Lamp

    In the event a malfunction of the SRS is indicated as outlined above, the SRS may not be operational. For your safety, we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have the system checked. Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed…

  • Page 208: Check Engine Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster in an accident, which could result in serious or fatal injury, or it might deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury. Engine Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There may be a malfunction, for example: The yellow Check in the engine management Engine warning lamp…

  • Page 209: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective. The red coolant warning lamp lights up The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored. There is a while the engine is risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high.

  • Page 210
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant level is too low. The red coolant If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to the engine radiator warning lamp comes on may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be while the engine is malfunctioning.
  • Page 211: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster WARNING Driving when your engine is overheated can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire. You could be seriously burned. Steam from an overheated engine can cause serious burns which can occur just by opening the engine hood.

  • Page 212
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster are significantly underinflated. Accordingly, when the low tire pressure warning lamp illuminates, you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible, and inflate them to the proper pressure. Driving on a significantly underinflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure. Underinflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may affect the vehicle’s handling and stopping ability.
  • Page 213
    Useful information ……212 Loading guidelines ……212 Stowage areas ……..212 Features ……….220 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 214: Loading Guidelines

    Stowage areas The load must also be distributed so that the Useful information weight on each axle never exceeds the gross axle weight rating (GAWR) for the front and This Operator’s Manual describes all rear axles. The specifications for GVWR and models and all standard and optional GAWR are on the vehicle identification plate equipment of your vehicle available at the…

  • Page 215: Glove Box

    Stowage areas Keep compartment lids closed. This will help to prevent stored objects from being thrown about and injuring vehicle occupants during braking vehicle maneuvers an accident Stowage compartments in the front Glove box To lock: insert the mechanical key into the Depending on the vehicle’s equipment, lock and turn it 90°…

  • Page 216: Cargo Compartment Enlargement

    Stowage areas Close the cover of the stowage thrown around inside the vehicle and cause compartment before folding the rear seat injury to vehicle occupants. armrest back into the seat backrest. Parcel nets cannot protect transported goods in the event of an accident. Parcel nets are located in the front-passenger footwell and on the left-hand side of the cargo compartment.

  • Page 217: Cargo Tie Down Rings

    Stowage areas Folding the rear seat backrest forward backrest back. Otherwise, it could be damaged. Fold seat backrest : back until it engages. Red lock status indicator ; is no longer visible. WARNING If a red indicator is visible with the seat backrest up, then the seat backrest is not properly locked into position.

  • Page 218: Bag Hook

    Stowage areas There are four cargo tie down rings in the cargo compartment and two in the rear- compartment footwells Cargo compartment cover Cargo tie down rings in the cargo Important safety notes compartment When loading the vehicle, make sure that you do not stack the load in the cargo compartment higher than the lower edge of the side windows.

  • Page 219
    Stowage areas To retract: unhook cargo compartment The cargo net cannot prevent the movement cover : from the retainers on the left and of large, heavier objects into the passenger right and guide it forwards by the grab compartment in an accident. Such items must handle until it is fully retracted.
  • Page 220: Attaching

    Stowage areas Releasing the cargo net Open both Velcro fasteners and remove the cargo net. Unroll and unfold the cargo net. The upper and lower guide rods must engage audibly. Attaching the cargo net Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats Pull belt adjuster : upwards in the direction of the arrow to reduce the tension on the tensioning strap.

  • Page 221: Stowage Well (Under)

    Stowage areas Coat hooks Release hook = from the bracket on the underside of the trunk floor. Stowage well under the cargo compartment floor WARNING If items are stored in the compartment, make sure compartment is securely closed. In an accident, during hard braking or sudden maneuvers, they could be thrown around inside the vehicle, and cause injury to vehicle occupants.

  • Page 222: Important Safety Notes

    Mercedes-Benz vehicle without the roof rack loaded. Limited Warranty. When not in use, keep the cup holder closed.

  • Page 223: Overview

    Features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest Do not sit on or support your body weight on the rear seat armrest when it is folded down, as you could otherwise damage it. Close the cup holder before folding the rear seat armrest up.

  • Page 224: Ashtray

    Features Ashtray in the rear-compartment center Ashtray console Ashtray in the front-compartment center console You can remove the ashtray insert and use the resulting compartment for stowage. The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant. Before placing lit cigarettes in the ashtray, make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged.

  • Page 225: Center Console

    Features 12 V sockets If children open a door, they could injure other persons or get out of the vehicle and injure Points to observe before use themselves or be injured by following traffic. The sockets can be used for accessories, e.g. Do not expose the child restraint system to lamps or mobile phone chargers with a direct sunlight.

  • Page 226: V Socket

    Features Socket in the rear-compartment center WARNING console Any device that you connect must have a suitable plug and meet U.S. standards. Never pull at a cable to disconnect a plug from a 115 V AC power socket. Never use a damaged connection cable.

  • Page 227: Important Safety Notes

    If you have questions about the activation, contact one of the following telephone Switch the ignition on. assistance services: Insert the plug of the electronic device into USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer 115 V power socket :. Assistance Center under Indicator lamp ; lights up. 1-800-FOR-MERCedes If indicator lamp ;…

  • Page 228: Emergency Call

    Call Connected message appears in the Have the system checked at the nearest multifunction display. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or contact All important information on the emergency the following service hotlines: is transmitted, for example: USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance…

  • Page 229: Roadside Assistance Button

    Making an emergency call Press and hold Roadside Assistance button : for more than two seconds. This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center. The indicator To initiate an emergency call lamp in Roadside Assistance button : manually: press cover : briefly to open flashes while the call is active.

  • Page 230: Mb Info Call Button

    Press and hold MB Info call button : for more than two seconds. A voice connection is established between This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Center. The indicator Center and the vehicle occupants.

  • Page 231: Call Priority

    Features and on further products and services offered recommend that you do this only when the by Mercedes-Benz USA. vehicle is stationary and in a safe location. Further details on the mbrace system can be Downloading destinations in COMAND found under http://www.mbusa.com Log in under «Owners Online».

  • Page 232: Search & Send

    If you have unintentionally locked your longer in the vicinity of the vehicle, it can be vehicle (e.g. the SmartKey is still in the locked for you by the Mercedes-Benz vehicle) and a replacement SmartKey is not Customer Assistance Center.

  • Page 233: Notes

    Center together with your PIN. and reverse features as required by U.S. The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance federal safety standards (this includes any Center then attempts to locate the mbrace garage door opener model manufactured system.

  • Page 234
    Features 2. this device must accept any interference Press and hold one of transmitter received, including interference that may buttons ; to ? on the integrated remote cause undesired operation of the device. control. After a short time, indicator lamp : will Any unauthorized modification to this device could void the user’s authority to start flashing.
  • Page 235: Opening/Closing The Garage Door

    Features transmitter button B on the garage door control until the frequency signal has been saved. remote control. If the setup procedure is successful, Repeat the programming procedure. When indicator lamp : flashes once slowly and doing so, vary the distance between the garage door’s remote control and the goes out after a few seconds.

  • Page 236
    Features read the operating instructions for the garage door system. Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock. Press transmitter button ;, = or ? in the overhead control panel that you have programmed to operate the garage door. Garage door system with fixed code: indicator lamp : lights up continuously.
  • Page 237: Calling Up

    Features Frequencies for the garage door opener The radio type approval number and the frequency range for the garage door opener can be found on the Internet at: http://www.mercedes-benz.de/betriebsanleitung. Compass Calling up the compass To obtain a correct display in rear-view…

  • Page 238: Floormat

    Features Calibrating the compass Make sure that there is sufficient space for you to drive in a circle without impeding the remaining traffic. In order to calibrate the compass correctly, observe the following points: calibrate the compass in the open and not in the vicinity of steel constructions or high- voltage transmission lines.

  • Page 239
    Useful information ……238 Engine compartment ……238 Maintenance ……..242 Care ………… 243 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 240: Useful Information

    Engine compartment Useful information WARNING To help prevent personal injury, stay clear of This Operator’s Manual describes all moving parts when the hood is open and the models and all standard and optional engine is running. equipment of your vehicle available at the The radiator fan may continue to run for time of publication of the Operator’s approximately 30 seconds or may even…

  • Page 241: Engine Compartment

    Engine compartment Pull release lever : for the hood. Engine oil The hood is released. Notes on the oil level Make sure that the windshield wipers are Depending on the driving style, the vehicle not folded away from the windshield. You consumes up to 0.9 US qts.

  • Page 242
    A list of the engine Replace cap : on the filler neck and turn oils and oil filters tested and approved in clockwise. accordance with the Mercedes-Benz Ensure that the cap locks into place Specifications for Service Products can be securely.
  • Page 243: Windshield Washer System

    Information on tested and approved engine parts. products can be obtained at any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at http://www.mbusa.com (USA only). WARNING Washer solvent/antifreeze is highly flammable. Do not spill washer solvent/ antifreeze on hot engine parts, because it may ignite and burn.

  • Page 244: Maintenance

    For information on You can obtain further information from an the mixing ratio ( page 307). authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at To open: pull cap : upwards by the tab. http://www.mbusa.com (USA only). Add the premixed washer fluid.

  • Page 245: Care

    Note down the service due date displayed Driving abroad in the multifunction display before An extensive Mercedes-Benz Service network disconnecting the battery. is also available in other countries. You can obtain further information from any Subtract the battery disconnection periods authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

  • Page 246: Car Wash

    This could cause an accident. For Use a gentle cleaning agent, e.g. a this reason, you must drive particularly Mercedes-Benz approved car shampoo. carefully after washing the vehicle until the Wash down the vehicle with a gentle water brakes have dried.

  • Page 247: Matte Finish

    Mercedes-Benz Center. These notes also apply to light alloy wheels with a clear matte finish. I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 248: Windows

    Use only insect remover and car shampoo indicator lamps in the instrument cluster have from the range of recommended and gone out. The windshield wipers could approved Mercedes-Benz care products. otherwise move and injure you. Cleaning the windows Only fold the windshield wipers away from the windshield when vertical.

  • Page 249: Exterior Lights

    Cleaning the exterior lighting Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lights with a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent, e.g. Mercedes-Benz car shampoo or Use clear water and a soft cloth to clean cleaning cloths. camera lens :.

  • Page 250: Display

    Heavy soiling: use car care and cleaning products recommended and approved by Before cleaning the display, make sure that Mercedes-Benz. it is switched off and has cooled down. The surface may change color temporarily. Clean the display surface using a Wait until the surface is dry again.

  • Page 251: Carpets

    It may otherwise become rough recommended by Mercedes-Benz. and cracked. Only use leather care agents that have been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. You can obtain these from a qualified specialist workshop, e.g. a Mercedes-Benz Service center. clean artificial leather covers with a cloth moistened with a solution containing 1% detergent (e.g.

  • Page 252
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 253
    Useful information ……252 Where will I find…? ……252 Flat tire ……….253 Battery ……….259 Jump-starting ……..262 Towing and tow-starting ….264 Fuses ……….266 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 254: Where Will I Find

    Where will I find…? Useful information This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described.

  • Page 255: Flat Tire

    Take the following steps to stow a used driver’s door. collapsible spare wheel. It will otherwise not The on-board electronics have status 0, fit in the spare wheel well. Mercedes-Benz which is the same as the SmartKey having recommends that you have this work carried been removed.

  • Page 256: Wheel Chock

    If your vehicle is equipped with a wheel chock, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you use an it can be found in the vehicle tool kit authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this page 252).

  • Page 257: Raising The Vehicle

    WARNING When jacking up the vehicle, only use the jack which has been specifically approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. The jack is designed exclusively for jacking up the vehicle at the jacking points built into both sides of the vehicle. The jack saddle must be…

  • Page 258: Removing A Wheel

    Damaged wheel hub threads should be repaired immediately. Do not continue to drive under these circumstances! Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or call Roadside Assistance. Incorrect wheel bolts or improperly tightened wheel bolts can cause the wheel to come off.

  • Page 259
    This could cause an accident. Make sure to use the correct wheel bolts. WARNING Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts. Other wheel bolts may come loose. Do not tighten the wheel bolts when the vehicle is raised. Otherwise, the vehicle could fall off the jack.
  • Page 260: Lowering

    Flat tire Lowering the vehicle Make sure on/off switch A of the tire inflation compressor is set to 0. WARNING Insert plug ? into the socket of the Pump up the collapsible spare wheel before cigarette lighter ( page 222) or into a 12 V lowering the vehicle.

  • Page 261: Battery

    Only replace a battery with a battery that has environment. been recommended by Mercedes-Benz. Dispose of batteries in an Consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center environmentally friendly if you wish to leave your vehicle parked for a manner. Return discharged long period of time.

  • Page 262: Operation

    On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, vehicle unless a battery charger unit approved make sure that the ignition is switched off. by Mercedes-Benz is being used. Gases may Check that all the indicator lamps in the escape during charging and cause explosions instrument cluster are off.

  • Page 263
    Battery acid is caustic. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed. Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
  • Page 264: Jump-Starting

    This charges the empty battery a little. Jumper cables and further information about jump-starting can be obtained from any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center, for example. Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch.

  • Page 265
    Jump-starting Switch off all electrical consumers (e.g. radio, blower, etc.). Open the hood ( page 238). Position number B identifies the charged battery of the other vehicle or an equivalent jump- starting device. Slide cover : of positive terminal ; in the direction of the arrow. Connect positive terminal ;…
  • Page 266: Notes

    Towing and tow-starting On vehicles with KEYLESS-GO, use the Towing and tow-starting SmartKey instead of the Start/Stop Important safety notes button. Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock and shift the automatic WARNING transmission to N. Then, turn the SmartKey If you tow the vehicle, you must use a rigid back to 0 and leave it in the ignition lock.

  • Page 267: Towing And Tow-Starting

    Towing and tow-starting Towing the vehicle with the rear axle raised Only possible on vehicles without 4MATIC. When towing your vehicle with the rear axle raised, it is important that you observe the safety instructions ( page 264). The ignition must be switched off if you are towing the vehicle with the rear axle ®…

  • Page 268: Emergency Starting

    WARNING If the vehicle has transmission damage or damage to the front or rear axle, have it Only use fuses approved by Mercedes-Benz transported on a transporter or trailer. with the specified amperage for the system in question and do not attempt to repair or In the event of damage to the electrical bridge a blown fuse.

  • Page 269: Fuses

    The fuse ratings are listed in the fuse allocation chart. An authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will be happy to advise you. If a fuse has blown, contact a breakdown service or an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

  • Page 270: Compartment

    Fuses To open: lift up trunk floor ; page 219). Remove stowage compartment :. Open cover = of fuse box downwards. Remove any existing moisture from the fuse box using a dry cloth. Take lines ; from the guides. To open: open clamps :. Remove the fuse box cover forwards.

  • Page 271: Wheels And Tires

    Useful information ……270 Important safety notes ….270 Operation ……….. 270 Winter operation ……. 272 Tire pressure ……..273 Loading the vehicle ……281 Maximum load rating ……. 285 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ………. 286 Tire labeling ……..287 Definition of terms for tires and loading ……….

  • Page 272: Useful Information

    When replacing rims, only use genuine elevations, try to do so slowly and at an Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specified for the obtuse angle. Otherwise, the tires, particular rim type. Failure to do so can result…

  • Page 273: Operation

    (such as tire pressure monitoring systems) other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Regularly check the pressure of all the tires including the emergency spare wheel or the…

  • Page 274: Winter Operation

    For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz for this type of damage. recommends that you only use snow chains which have been specially approved for your vehicle by Mercedes-Benz, or are of a M+S tires corresponding standard of quality. At temperatures below 45 ‡(+7 †), use There is not enough space for snow winter tires or all-season tires.

  • Page 275: Recommended

    Tire pressure «Technical Data» section to avoid damage Tire pressure to the vehicle or the wheels. Tire pressure specifications Only use snow chains when driving on roads completely covered by snow. Do not WARNING exceed the maximum permissible speed of Follow recommended tire inflation pressures.

  • Page 276
    Tire pressure Recommended tire pressures Example: tire pressure table with tire dimensions Some tire pressure tables show only the rim Option 2) Tire pressure table on the inside diameters instead of the full tire size, e.g. of the fuel filler flap. R18.
  • Page 277: Notes

    Mercedes-Benz is used on the tire valve. printed in yellow on the rim of the Tire pressures that are too low have a…

  • Page 278: Maximum

    Tire pressure fail from being overheated adversely affect handling Overinflated tires WARNING Follow recommended tire inflation pressures. Do not overinflate tires. Overinflated tires can adversely affect handling and ride comfort, wear unevenly, increase stopping distance, and result in sudden deflation (blowout) Maximum permitted tire pressure because they are more likely to become (example)

  • Page 279: Pressure Loss Warning

    Tire pressure Check the tire pressure at least once a month. inflate the tires to the pressure specified on Only check and correct tire pressures when the vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information the tires are cold ( page 273). placard or (where available) in the tire pressure table.

  • Page 280: Service Menu

    Tire pressure you are driving on sand or gravel. Press the 9 or : button to select Tire Pressure. you adopt a very sporty driving style (cornering at high speeds or driving with Press the a button. high rates of acceleration). Run Flat Indicator Active Press ‘OK’ to Restart you are towing a very heavy or large trailer.

  • Page 281
    Tire pressure The tire pressure monitor has a yellow reached the level to trigger illumination of the warning lamp in the instrument cluster for TPMS low tire pressure telltale. indicating pressure loss or a malfunction. Your vehicle has also been equipped with a Whether the warning lamp flashes or lights up TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when indicates whether a tire pressure is too low or…
  • Page 282: Restarting

    Tire pressure values indicated by a pressure gauge are If a spare wheel/emergency spare wheel higher than those shown by the on-board is mounted, the system may continue to computer. In this case, do not reduce the show the tire pressure of the wheel that has tire pressures.

  • Page 283: Tire Pressure

    Loading the vehicle The tire pressure monitor must be restarted pressures are then accepted as reference when you set the tire pressure to a new value values and monitored. (as a result of changed drive or load If you wish to cancel the restart: characteristics, for example).

  • Page 284
    Loading the vehicle maximum gross axle weight rating for the The Tire and Loading Information placard front or rear axle. gives you details on maximum permissible gross vehicle weight rating :: «The gross weight of occupants and luggage must never exceed XXX kilograms or XXX pounds.»…
  • Page 285
    Loading the vehicle Step 1: Locate the statement «The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs.» on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard. Step 2: Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle.
  • Page 286
    Loading the vehicle Example: step 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples use a load limit of 1500 lbs. This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on the vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard page 282).
  • Page 287: Maximum Load Rating

    Maximum load rating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible cargo 1500 lbs 1500 lbs 1500 lbs and trailer load/ (680 kg) — (680 kg) — (680 kg) — noseweight 750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) = (maximum gross = 750 lbs…

  • Page 288: Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards

    Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards Maximum tire load : is the maximum All passenger car tires must conform to the statutory safety requirements in addition to permitted weight for which the tire is these grades. approved. Further information on tire loads page 287).

  • Page 289: Tire Labeling

    Tire labeling conditions when temperatures are around Tire labeling overview the freezing point. Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimum tire The following markings are on the tire in tread depth of in (4 mm) for all four winter addition to the tire name (sales designation)

  • Page 290
    Tire labeling ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by Tire size designation, load-bearing the tire height. capacity and speed rating Tire code: tire code = specifies the tire type. «R» represents radial tires. «D» represents diagonal tires, «B» represents diagonal radial tires.
  • Page 291
    Tire labeling For further information on the load bearing The service specifications consist of load index, see Load index ( page 290). bearing index A and speed rating B. Speed rating: speed rating B specifies the If the size description of your tire includes approved maximum speed of the tire.
  • Page 292: Load Index

    295), e.g. if you buy new tires. Further information about reading tire data can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Load index The TIN is a unique identification number. The TIN enables the tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety- relevant matters.

  • Page 293: Definition Of Terms For Tires And Loading

    Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire type code: tire type code ? can be used by the manufacturer as a code to Metric unit for tire pressure. There are describe specific characteristics of the tire. 14.5038 pounds per square inch (psi) to Date of manufacture: date of manufacture 1 bar;…

  • Page 294: Optional Equipment

    Definition of terms for tires and loading Increased vehicle weight due to GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Rating) optional equipment The GVWR is the maximum permissible gross This is the combined weight of all standard weight of a fully loaded vehicle (the weight of and optional equipment available for the the vehicle including all accessories, vehicle, regardless of whether it is actually…

  • Page 295
    Definition of terms for tires and loading Maximum load rating Tread The maximum load rating in kilograms or The part of the tire that comes into contact pounds is the maximum weight for which a with the road. tire is approved. Bead Maximum permissible tire pressure The tire bead ensures that the tire sits…
  • Page 296: Changing A Wheel

    110 lb-ft (150 Nm). hitch can support. Only use genuine Mercedes-Benz wheel bolts specified for your vehicle’s rims. Treadwear indicators The wear patterns on the front and rear tires differ, depending on the operating conditions.

  • Page 297: Wheel And Tire Combinations

    , and are marked as follows: have additional benefits, e.g. if there is a risk MO = Mercedes-Benz Original of hydroplaning. You will only gain these MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended benefits if the correct direction of rotation is (tires featuring run-flat characteristics) maintained.

  • Page 298
    V1, V2 etc.: V1 GLK 350 V2 GLK 350 4MATIC Not all wheel and tire combinations are available from the factory for all countries. I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 299
    Wheel and tire combinations Tires All-weather tires Alloy wheels V1 V2 235/60 R17 102 H M+S 7.5 J x 17 H2 Wheel offset: 1.87 in (47.5 mm) 235/50 R19 99 H M+S 7.5 J x 19 H2 Wheel offset: 1.85 in (47 mm) 235/45 R20 100 H XL M+S 8.5 J x 20 H2 Wheel offset: 1.77 in (45 mm)
  • Page 300
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 301: Technical Data

    Useful information ……300 Notes on technical data ….300 Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts ..300 Warranty ……….301 Identification plates ……301 Service products and capacities ..302 Vehicle data ……..308 Trailer tow hitch …….. 308 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 302: Notes On Technical Data

    For this reason, Mercedes-Benz recommends described. This also applies to safety- that you use genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or related systems and functions. parts of equal quality. Only use tires, wheels Please read the information on qualified…

  • Page 303: Identification Plates

    Rhode Island and Vermont Emission Control Systems Warranty State Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon Laws) Replacement parts and accessories are covered by the Mercedes-Benz Parts and Accessories warranties. You can obtain information about this from any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. Example: vehicle identification plate (USA only)

  • Page 304: Engine Number

    Mercedes-Benz. Information on tested and approved products can be obtained at a Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at http:// www.mbusa.com (USA only). I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

  • Page 305
    Service products and capacities WARNING Comply with all valid regulations with respect to handling, storing and disposing of service fluids. Otherwise, you could endanger persons or the environment. Keep service fluids out of the reach of children. For health reasons, you should prevent service fluids from coming into direct contact with your skin or clothing.
  • Page 306: Important Safety Notes

    Service products and capacities Capacities Model Capacity Fuel, coolant, lubricants, etc. Engine oil and All models 7.4 US qt (7.0 l) Approved engine filter oils Cooling system All models Approximately 8.9 US qt MB 325.0 or (8.4 l) MB 326.0 anticorrosion/ antifreeze Tank capacity…

  • Page 307: Service Products And Capacities

    Research Octane Number (RON) and the insufficient (in certain regions). In this case, Motor Octane Number (MON): (RON + Mercedes-Benz recommends the use of MON) / 2, also known as knock resistance. additives that have been approved for Reformulated Gasoline (RFG) and/or Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

  • Page 308: Refrigerant

    It Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at is therefore strongly recommended that you http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. carry out regular oil changes using an approved engine oil with the appropriate SAE classification.

  • Page 309: Notes

    Otherwise, the engine could be damaged. interval at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Further information on coolants and on Center. filling can be found in the Mercedes-Benz The antifreeze/corrosion inhibitor Specifications for Service Products, MB concentration in the engine cooling system Approval 310.1, e.g. on the Internet at should: http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

  • Page 310: Vehicle Data

    Only have a trailer tow hitch retrofitted at a blocked. qualified specialist workshop which has the necessary specialist knowledge and tools to carry out the work required. Mercedes-Benz Vehicle data recommends that you use an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for this purpose. In…

  • Page 311: Trailer Loads

    Trailer tow hitch Anchorage points for the trailer tow hitch (example) Anchorage points Rear axle center line Trailer loads Missing values were not available at time of going to print. All models Permissible trailer load, unbraked Permissible trailer load, 3500 lbs (1588 kg) braked Maximum drawbar…

  • Page 312
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 313
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 314
    I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…
  • Page 315
    Publication details Internet Further information about Mercedes-Benz vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found on the following websites: http://www.mbusa.com (USA only) http://www.mercedes-benz.ca (Canada only) Editorial office Not to be reprinted, translated or otherwise reproduced, in whole or in part, without the written permission of Daimler AG.
  • Page 316
    É2045843682’ËÍ 2045843682 Order no. 6515 0751 13 Part no. 204 584 36 82 Edition A 2012 I n f o r ma t i o n P r o v i d e d b y :…

Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class Враг Пролетариата

Artemii39

Был 9 часов назад

Артемий Комаров, 42 года

Я езжу на Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class Враг Пролетариата и Peugeot 207 Синий Лёва 🦁🦁🦁 (до этого — Opel Astra и Toyota Allex)
Санкт-Петербург, Россия

Фото в бортжурнале Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class (X204)

Запись для особо ленивых
Новое руководство

Цена вопроса: 100 500 ₽

21 июня 2018

Метки: другое

14

5

Ранее ТО В код 606
Далее Замена пыльника рулевой тяги GLK

Разместить рекламу

Реклама

Машины в продаже

Комментарии
5

Войдите или зарегистрируйтесь, чтобы писать комментарии, задавать вопросы и участвовать в обсуждении.

Войти
Зарегистрироваться

kdanil

Я езжу на Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class (X204)

GLK уже нет по этой ссылке, к сожалению, теперь

2 года

somebody

Несуществующий пользователь

Без машины

Для особо «ленивых» давно уже есть офллайн приложение! play.google.com/store/app…er.moba.kundenapp.android

3

5 лет

Artemii39

Автор

Я езжу на Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class (X204)

это для очень ленивых… и модели не все

5 лет

SashkaTritiy

Я езжу на Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class (X204)

Для особо «ленивых» давно уже есть офллайн приложение! play.google.com/store/app…er.moba.kundenapp.android

Приложение, скачал сразу. По первости сильно выручало. До ГЛК, мерсов небыло)

1

5 лет

kdanil

Я езжу на Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class (X204)

Для особо «ленивых» давно уже есть офллайн приложение! play.google.com/store/app…er.moba.kundenapp.android

О, спасибо, хорошее приложение!

2 года

  • Page 1
    GLK-Class Operator’s Manual É2045840400tËÍ 2045840400 Order no. 6515 0807 13 Part no. 204 584 04 00 Edition C 2013…
  • Page 2
    Internet This symbol indicates an ® Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Further information about Mercedes-Benz instruction that must be followed. Bluetooth SIG Inc. vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found Several of these symbols in DTS is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.
  • Page 3
    Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz We urge you to read this Operator’s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving. For your own safety and a longer vehicle life, follow the instructions and warning notices in this manual.
  • Page 5
    Contents Index …………4 At a glance ……….. 29 Introduction ……… 22 Safety ……….. 39 Opening and closing ……73 Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ..95 Lights and windshield wipers ..109 Climate control ……… 125 Driving and parking ……139 On-board computer and displays ..
  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    Index Air bags 1, 2, 3 … Display message ……238 115 V socket ……..281 Front air bag (driver, front 12 V socket passenger) ……..44 see Sockets Important safety notes ….42 360° camera Knee bag ………. 44 Function/notes ……

  • Page 7
    Removing ……..213 Authorized Centers Storing ……….. 213 see Qualified specialist workshop BAS (Brake Assist System) ….65 Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center BAS PLUS (Brake Assist System see Qualified specialist workshop PLUS) ………… 65 Authorized workshops Battery (SmartKey) see Qualified specialist workshop Checking ……….
  • Page 8
    Index Maintenance ……..165 Cargo compartment floor Parking brake ……161, 165 Opening/closing ……277 Warning lamp ……… 259 Stowage well (under) ….. 277 Breakdown Cargo net see Flat tire Attaching ……..276 see Towing away/tow-starting Important safety information ..275 Bulbs Cargo tie down rings ……
  • Page 9
    Index Defrosting the windshield ….134 Coolant (engine) Dual-zone automatic climate Checking the level ……302 control ……….. 127 Display message ……243 Important safety notes ….126 Filling capacity ……. 371 Indicator lamp …….. 132 Important safety notes ….371 Maximum cooling ……
  • Page 10
    Driver’s door Engine ……….243 see Doors General notes …….. 231 Driving abroad Hiding (on-board computer) … 231 Mercedes-Benz Service ….299 KEYLESS-GO ……..256 Symmetrical low beam ….110 Lights ……….239 Driving in mountainous terrain Safety systems ……232 SmartKey ……..
  • Page 11
    Index Active Lane Keeping Assist …. 205 Active Parking Assist ….. 184 EASY-ENTRY feature ATTENTION ASSIST ……197 Activating/deactivating ….229 Blind Spot Assist ……198 Function/notes ……102 Cruise control …….. 169 EASY-EXIT feature Display message ……247 Crash-responsive ……103 DISTRONIC PLUS ……
  • Page 12
    Index Starting the engine with the Setting ……….. 104 SmartKey ……..143 Storing settings (memory function) 106 Starting with KEYLESS-GO ….. 143 Storing the parking position ..105 Switching off ……..160 Tow-starting (vehicle) ….. 323 Engine, jump starting Filler cap see Jump starting (engine) see Fuel filler flap Engine electronics…
  • Page 13
    Index Fuse allocation chart (vehicle tool Heating kit) …………312 see Climate control Fuses High-beam headlamps Allocation chart ……323 Changing bulbs ……118 Before changing ……323 Display message ……241 Dashboard fuse box ……. 323 Switching Adaptive Highbeam Fuse box in the cargo Assist on/off ………
  • Page 14
    Index Hazard warning lamps ….113 High beam flasher ……113 Jack High-beam headlamps ….113 Storage location ……312 Low-beam headlamps ….111 Using ……….354 Parking lamps …….. 112 Jump starting (engine) …… 318 Rear fog lamp …….. 112 Setting the brightness of the display/switch (on-board computer) ……..
  • Page 15
    Index Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle …… 356 M+S tires ……….330 Mounting a new wheel ….355 Maintenance Preparing the vehicle ….. 353 see ASSYST PLUS Raising the vehicle ……354 Malfunction message Removing a wheel ……355 see Display messages Securing the vehicle against Matte finish (cleaning instructions) 305 rolling away ……..
  • Page 16
    Index Off-road driving Problem (malfunction) ….. 92 Checklist after driving off-road ..167 Resetting ……… 92 Checklist before driving off-road ..167 Panorama sliding sunroof General information ……. 167 Important safety notes ….89 Important safety notes ….167 Parking ……….160 Traveling uphill …….
  • Page 17
    Index Program selector button ….151 Remote control Protection of the environment Garage door opener ……. 291 Programming (garage door opener) 291 General notes ……..22 Reporting safety defects ….27 Pulling away Reserve (fuel tank) Automatic transmission ….143 see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message ……
  • Page 18
    Index Belt force limiters ……58 Side marker lamp (display center rear-compartment seat ..57 message) ……….241 Cleaning ……… 309 Side windows Correct usage ……..55 Cleaning ……… 306 Emergency Tensioning Devices ..58 Convenience closing feature …. 88 Fastening ………
  • Page 19
    Index SPORT handling mode Switching air-recirculation mode Activating/deactivating (AMG on/off ……….136 vehicles) ………. 68 Switching off the alarm (ATA) …. 71 see SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Tachometer ……..216 SRS (Supplemental Restraint Tailgate System) Display message ……254 Display message ……235 Emergency unlocking …….
  • Page 20
    Index Vehicle remote malfunction Direction of rotation …… 352 diagnosis ……..289 Display message ……252 Vehicle remote unlocking ….288 Distribution of the vehicle Telephone occupants (definition) ….352 Accepting a call ……223 DOT, Tire Identification Number Display message ……255 (TIN) ……….
  • Page 21
    Index Tire bead (definition) …… 351 Trailer coupling Tire pressure (definition) ….351 see Towing a trailer Tire pressures (recommended) ..349 Trailer loads and drawbar Tire size (data) ……. 357 noseweights ……..212 Tire size designation, load-bearing Trailer towing capacity, speed rating ….
  • Page 22
    Index Overview ………. 32 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Vanity mirror (in the sun visor) ..279 indicator lamp ……..47 Vehicle Reserve fuel ……..264 Data acquisition ……. 28 Seat belt ……..257 Display message ……254 SRS ……….263 Emergency locking ……
  • Page 23: Index

    Index Winter tires M+S tires ……..330 Wiper blades Cleaning ……… 306 Important safety notes ….121 Replacing (rear window) ….122 Replacing (windshield) ….122 Wooden trim (cleaning instructions) 309 Workshops see Qualified specialist workshop…

  • Page 24: Protection Of The Environment General Notes

    Fuel consumption and the rate of engine, will help to protect the environment. transmission, brake and tire wear are affected by these factors: Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts operating conditions of your vehicle your personal driving style Environmental note You can influence both factors. You should…

  • Page 25: Service And Warranty Information

    Use This also applies to safety-related systems only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of and functions. The equipment in your vehicle equal quality. Only use tires, wheels and…

  • Page 26: Maintenance

    Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or its to an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix service advisor will record every service for one or more substantial defects or you in the Service and Warranty Booklet.

  • Page 27
    Delivery Program. For details, consult an system failures. There is a risk of an accident. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses. Always have the prescribed service/ maintenance work as well as any required…
  • Page 28: Declarations Of Conformity

    Introduction Declarations of conformity networked components. In particular, systems relevant to safety could also be Vehicle components which receive affected. As a result, these may no longer and/or transmit radio waves function as intended and/or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle. There is an USA: «The wireless devices of this vehicle increased risk of an accident and injury.

  • Page 29: Customer Relations Department

    Introduction again with a Mercedes-Benz Center or Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are contact us at one of the following addresses. stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter In the USA the driver’s footwell. Install the floormats…

  • Page 30: Data Acquisition

    Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty or by the opensource New or Used-Vehicle Warranty. Data stored in the vehicle Information about electronic data…

  • Page 31
    Dashboard ……….. 30 Instrument cluster ……31 Multifunction steering wheel ….. 33 Center console ……..34 Overhead control panel …… 36 Door control panel ……37…
  • Page 32
    Dashboard Dashboard Function Page Function Page Steering wheel paddle Adjusting the steering shifters wheel manually Combination switch Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Instrument cluster Cruise control lever Horn Parking brake PARKTRONIC warning display Diagnostics connection Overhead control panel Opening the hood Operating the climate Releasing the parking brake control systems…
  • Page 33: Fuel Gauge

    Instrument cluster Instrument cluster Displays and controls Function Page Function Page Fuel gauge Multifunction display Coolant temperature Tachometer Speedometer with segments Adjust the instrument cluster lighting using the on-board computer page 227).

  • Page 34: Warning And Indicator Lamps

    Instrument cluster Warning and indicator lamps Function Page Function Page ® % Diesel engine: ÷ ESP preglow · Distance warning ? Coolant ® å ESP K High-beam $ Brakes (USA only) headlamps J Brakes (Canada only) L Low-beam headlamps #! Turn signals T Parking lamps ! ABS R Rear fog lamp…

  • Page 35
    Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Function Page Multifunction display Selects a menu Audio/COMAND display; see the separate operating Selects a submenu or instructions scrolls through lists Switches on the Voice Confirms your selection Control System; see the Hides display messages separate operating instructions…
  • Page 36: Upper Section

    Center console Center console Center console, upper section Function Page Function Page £ Hazard warning c Seat heating lamps ¤ ECO start/stop ATA indicator lamp function 45 Indicator lamp c PARKTRONIC ® å ESP COMAND; see the separate operating instructions…

  • Page 37: Center Console Lower Section

    Center console Center console, lower section Function Page Function Page Stowage compartment Stowage compartment Ashtray Audio/COMAND Cigarette lighter controller; see the separate Socket operating instructions Cup holder…

  • Page 38: Overhead Control Panel

    Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function Page Function Page u Switches the rear- Integrated electronic compass compartment interior lighting on/off Buttons for the garage door opener | Switches the automatic interior lighting Microphone for mbrace control on/off (emergency call system), telephone and the Voice p Switches the right- Control System…

  • Page 39: Control Panel

    Door control panel Door control panel Function Page Function Page Opens the door 7 Adjusts the exterior mirrors %& Unlocks/locks the vehicle W Opens/closes the front side windows Adjusts the seats electrically W Opens/closes the rear side windows r45= Stores settings for the seat, n Activates/ exterior mirrors and deactivates the override…

  • Page 41
    Useful information ……40 Panic alarm ………. 40 Occupant safety ……..40 Children in the vehicle ……58 Driving safety systems ……. 64 Theft deterrent locking system ..71…
  • Page 42: Useful Information

    Occupant safety Useful information Occupant safety Overview of occupant safety This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional In this section, you will learn the most equipment of your vehicle available at the important facts about the restraint system time of publication of the Operator’s components of the vehicle.

  • Page 43: Occupant Safety

    If it is necessary to modify an air bag system Belt force limiters to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center SRS reduces the risk of occupants coming for details. USA only: for further information into contact with the vehicle’s interior in the contact our Customer Assistance center at event of an accident.

  • Page 44: Important Safety Notes

    Fasten your seat belt and make sure abrasions or other, potentially more serious that it is correctly positioned on your body. injuries resulting from air bag deployment. If you sell your vehicle, Mercedes-Benz strongly recommends that you inform the…

  • Page 45
    If sized child restraint, infant you have any difficulties, please contact an restraint, or booster seat authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. recommended for the size and do not lean your head or chest close to the weight of the child.
  • Page 46: Knee Bag

    Occupant safety It is important to your safety and that of your deployment threshold is exceeded within a passenger to have deployed air bags replaced few milliseconds. and to have any malfunctioning air bags The deployment of the front-passenger front repaired.

  • Page 47: Side Impact Air Bag

    Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your Side impact air bags : will not deploy in side vehicle model. Using seat covers or other seat…

  • Page 48: Pelvis Air Bag

    The pelvis air bag on the front-passenger side Only use seat covers which have been tested is not deployed in the following situations: and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your OCS has detected that the front-passenger vehicle model. Using seat covers or other seat seat is unoccupied.

  • Page 49: Indicator Lamp

    Occupant safety deployment can offer additional protection For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz to that provided by the seat belt recommends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by independently of the front air bags Mercedes-Benz. Window curtain air bags : will not deploy in…

  • Page 50
    Occupant safety weight sensor readings from the front- recommended for the size and weight of the passenger seat, remain illuminated or go out. child. With the 45 indicator lamp The infant or child restraint must be properly illuminated, the front-passenger front air bag secured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seat is deactivated.
  • Page 51
    Have the system checked by qualified air bag may or may not be activated. technicians as soon as possible. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. If the driver’s air bag deploys, this does not Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an mean that the front-passenger front air bag authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
  • Page 52: System Self-Test

    WARNING If the 4 5 indicator lamp does not illuminate, the system is not functioning. You must contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat. For further information, see «Problems with the Occupant Classification System»…

  • Page 53
    The OCS is malfunctioning. indicator lamp lights up Have the OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized and stays on. Mercedes-Benz Center. The person on the Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction front-passenger seat: display ( page 238).
  • Page 54
    Occupant safety NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK- ® PRE-SAFE (anticipatory occupant PRO luxury head restraints protection system) NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury WARNING head restraints increase protection of the ® The PRE-SAFE system reduces the impact of driver’s and front-passenger’s head and an accident on vehicle occupants, as long as neck.
  • Page 55
    = head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury head until the cushion engages. restraints checked at an authorized Repeat this procedure for the second Mercedes-Benz Center after a rear-end NECK-PRO head restraint. collision. NECK-PRO luxury head restraints WARNING…
  • Page 56
    Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. Only use seat belts which have been approved Always make sure all of your passengers are by Mercedes-Benz. properly restrained. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. Do not make any modifications to the seat belts.
  • Page 57
    Occupant safety Correct use of the seat belts Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If WARNING the lap belt is positioned across your USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY abdomen, it could cause serious injuries in a crash.
  • Page 58: Fastening

    Occupant safety of your shoulder and the lap section across Never attempt to make modifications to seat your pelvis. belts. This could impair the effectiveness of Engage belt tongue ; in buckle =. the seat belts. If necessary, adjust the seat belt to the Fastening seat belts appropriate height ( page 56).

  • Page 59: Releasing

    Occupant safety Damaged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced. Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Belt warning for the driver and front passenger Regardless of whether the driver’s and front- passenger seat belts have already been fastened, the 7 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine Adjust the height so that the upper part of the…

  • Page 60: In The Vehicle

    These are available at any These take on a part of the deceleration force. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. They take on a part of the deceleration force, ! If the front-passenger seat is not…

  • Page 61: Children In The Vehicle

    Children in the vehicle restraint system at all times while the vehicle properly and use an appropriately sized infant is in motion. restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat The use of seat belts and infant and child recommended for the size and weight of the restraint systems is required by law in all 50 child.

  • Page 62
    Children in the vehicle recommended for the child’s age and 4 5 indicator lamp goes out or weight. remains out, do not transport a child on the Make sure that the infant or child is front passenger seat until the system has properly secured at all times while the been repaired.
  • Page 63: Special Seat Belt Retractor

    Children in the vehicle Special seat belt retractor A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over All seat belts except the driver’s seat belt are 41 lb (18 kg) until they reach a height where equipped with a special seat belt retractor.

  • Page 64: Top Tether

    Children in the vehicle Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system. Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions when installing the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system. Top Tether WARNING Always lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are Move head restraint : upwards.

  • Page 65: Child-Proof Locks Important Safety Notes

    Children in the vehicle vehicle is unlocked, the door can be opened Child-proof locks from the outside. Important safety notes WARNING When leaving the vehicle, always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, even if they are secured in a child restraint system, or with access to an…

  • Page 66: Abs (Anti-Lock Braking System)

    Driving safety systems operation is possible using the switches in ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) the rear compartment. Important safety notes Observe the «Important safety notes» Driving safety systems section ( page 64). Overview of driving safety systems WARNING If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when In this section, you will find information about braking.

  • Page 67: Driving Safety Systems

    Driving safety systems functions as a reminder to take extra care BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in while driving. hazardous situations at speeds greater than 4 mph (7 km/h). At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph BAS (Brake Assist System) (70 km/h), BAS PLUS can also detect stationary objects.

  • Page 68: Ets/4Ets

    Driving safety systems ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System) there are strong radar reflections, for example in parking garages Observe the «Important safety notes» a narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. a section ( page 64). motorbike ® ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP a vehicle traveling in front on a different line Traction control brakes the drive wheels relative to the center of your vehicle…

  • Page 69
    Driving safety systems If the ÷ warning lamp and the å WARNING ® warning lamp are lit continuously, ESP is not ® ® If you deactivate ESP , ESP no longer available due to a malfunction. stabilizes the vehicle. There is an increased Observe the information on warning lamps risk of skidding and an accident.
  • Page 70
    Driving safety systems Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ® If you deactivate ESP ® requires an extremely qualified and ® no longer improves driving stability. experienced driver. the engine’s torque is no longer limited and ® Activate ESP as soon as the situations the drive wheels are able to spin.
  • Page 71: Electronic Brake Force Distribution

    Driving safety systems controlled manner. The spinning of the the vehicle/trailer combination has wheels results in a cutting action, which stabilized. provides better grip. Trailer stabilization is active above speeds of about 40 mph (65 km/h). ® still provides support when you brake.

  • Page 72
    Driving safety systems reduce the effects of such a collision. If PRE- ® If you approach an obstacle and PRE-SAFE ® SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision, Brake detects a risk of a collision, the system you will be warned visually and acoustically will alert you both visually and acoustically.
  • Page 73: Theft Deterrent Locking System

    Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz In order to maintain an appropriate distance Center or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the from the vehicle in front and thus prevent a USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

  • Page 74
    Theft deterrent locking system If the alarm stays on for more than To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO: grasp the outside door handle. The 30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call SmartKey must be outside the vehicle. system (USA only) or the Tele Aid system The alarm is switched off.
  • Page 75
    Useful information ……74 SmartKey ……….74 Doors ………… 79 Cargo compartment ……82 Side windows ……..86 Sliding sunroof ……..89…
  • Page 76: Useful Information

    SmartKey Useful information WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the This Operator’s Manual describes all SmartKey, the SmartKey could be models and all standard and optional unintentionally turned in the ignition lock. This equipment of your vehicle available at the could cause the engine to be switched off.

  • Page 77: Locking

    SmartKey functions of KEYLESS-GO with those of a conventional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock it using the & button on the SmartKey. When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS-GO, the distance between the SmartKey and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft (1 m).

  • Page 78: Mechanical Key

    To lock centrally: touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles Important safety notes page 75). Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have To restore the factory settings: press the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist and hold down the % and & buttons workshop.

  • Page 79: Replacing

    SmartKey Checking the battery Press mechanical key ; into the SmartKey opening in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover : opens. Do not hold battery compartment cover : closed while doing so. Remove battery compartment cover :. Press the &…

  • Page 80: Loss

    SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You cannot lock or The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. unlock the vehicle Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control using the SmartKey. function of the SmartKey. Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver’s door handle from close range and press the % or &…

  • Page 81: Important Safety Notes

    Doors Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You have lost the Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. mechanical key. If necessary, have the locks changed as well. The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low. started using the Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g.

  • Page 82
    Doors If the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switch off the alarm page 71). To unlock: press button :. To lock: press button ;. If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehicle locks.
  • Page 83: Doors

    Doors You could therefore be locked out if: the vehicle is being pushed. the vehicle is being towed. the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer. Turn the mechanical key counter-clockwise to position 1. The door is unlocked. Turn the mechanical key back and remove To deactivate: press and hold button : Insert the mechanical key into the for about five seconds until a tone sounds.

  • Page 84: Opening/Closing (From Outside)

    Cargo compartment that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate. Tailgate opening dimensions page 373). You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment. Observe the loading guidelines ( page 270). Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo compartment.

  • Page 85: Cargo Compartment

    Cargo compartment Pull handle :. Use one of the following options to stop the closing process: Raise the tailgate. press the F button on the SmartKey. Vehicles with the EASY-PACK tailgate: if you pull handle : and keep it in this position, press the remote operating switch on the you can open the tailgate manually.

  • Page 86: Opening/Closing (Automatically From Inside)

    Cargo compartment Closing The tailgate can only be opened and closed with the SmartKey if it is not in the WARNING ignition lock. Parts of the body could become trapped If the tailgate touches an object while during automatic closing of the tailgate. closing, the closing procedure is Moreover, people, e.g.

  • Page 87: Limiting The Opening Angle

    Cargo compartment ! The tailgate swings upwards and to the Activating rear when opened. Therefore, make sure To open the tailgate: pull the handle on that there is sufficient clearance above and the tailgate. behind the tailgate. To stop the opening procedure at the Tailgate opening dimensions desired position: press the closing button page 373).

  • Page 88: Side Windows

    Side windows Opening WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped, particularly if they are left unsupervised. There is a risk of injury. Activate the override feature for the rear side windows. When leaving the vehicle, always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.

  • Page 89: Side Windows

    Side windows Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the WARNING ignition lock. The reversing feature does not react: To open: press the corresponding switch. to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small To close: pull the corresponding switch. fingers If you press the switch beyond the point over the last 4 mm of the closing movement…

  • Page 90: Convenience Closing Feature

    Side windows Press and hold the % button again until The side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt/ the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding sliding panel open. panel is in the desired position. To interrupt convenience opening: Using the SmartKey release the % button.

  • Page 91: Sliding Sunroof

    Sliding sunroof panorama roof with power tilt/sliding Problems with the side windows panel are fully closed. Problem: a side window cannot be closed Make sure you only touch recessed because it is blocked by objects, e.g. sensor surface :. leaves in the window guide. Make sure that all the side windows and the Remove the objects.

  • Page 92
    Sliding sunroof Sliding sunroof reversing feature WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof, The sliding sunroof is equipped with an body parts in close proximity could become automatic reversing feature. If a solid object trapped. There is a risk of injury. blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during Make sure that no body parts are in close the closing process, the sliding sunroof opens…
  • Page 93: Roller Sunblinds

    Sliding sunroof Operating the sliding sunroof the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof. There is a risk of injury. When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind.

  • Page 94: Resetting

    Sliding sunroof Opening and closing Press the 3 button to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow ; until the roller sunblinds are open approximately 4 in (10 cm). Pull the 3 switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow = until the roller sunblinds are fully closed.

  • Page 95
    Sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly: Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the 3 switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed.
  • Page 97
    Useful information ……96 Correct driver’s seat position …. 96 Seats ………… 97 Steering wheel ……..102 Mirrors ……….103 Memory function ……106…
  • Page 98: Useful Information

    Correct driver’s seat position you have moved the backrest to an almost Useful information vertical position. you have set the seat cushion angle so that This Operator’s Manual describes all your thighs are gently supported. models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the you can depress the pedals properly.

  • Page 99: Seats

    Seats settings with the memory function WARNING page 106). Your seat belt must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt. Observe the following points: Seats adjust the seat backrest until your arms are Important safety notes slightly angled when holding the steering wheel.

  • Page 100: Adjusting The Seats

    Seats Adjusting the seats Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the Vehicles without Memory function: the head restraint supports the back of the head seats can be adjusted within three minutes at eye level.

  • Page 101: Head Restraints Adjusting

    Seats Adjusting the head restraints Seat fore-and-aft adjustment electrically Backrest angle To adjust the head restraint height: slide Head restraint height the switch for head restraint adjustment You can store the seat settings using the page 98) up or down in the direction of memory function ( page 106).

  • Page 102: Adjusting Lumbar Support

    Seats Adjusting the rear seat head restraint Installing/removing the rear seat head height restraints WARNING Occupants should only travel sitting on seats which have the head restraints installed. This reduces the risk of injury to occupants in the event of an accident. Once the head restraint is fully lowered, press release catch :.

  • Page 103: Adjusting The 4-Way Lumbar Support

    Seats Move adjustment lever : in the direction of the arrow until the desired backrest contour is achieved. Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back. Driver’s and front-passenger seat The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately…

  • Page 104: Steering Wheel

    Steering wheel Steering wheel Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Important safety notes WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving, or driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

  • Page 105: Mirrors

    Mirrors also automatically moved to the previously thereby unintentionally activate the EASY- set position. ENTRY/EXIT feature and become trapped. The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or WARNING when you store the setting with the memory Let the system complete the adjustment function ( page 106).

  • Page 106: Setting

    Mirrors Folding the exterior mirrors in or out accident, e.g. when changing lane. For this electrically reason, make sure of the actual distance from the vehicle driving behind by glancing over This function is only available in vehicles for your shoulder. Canada.

  • Page 107: Storing The Parking Position

    Mirrors If the «Fold in mirrors when locking» function The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror is activated in the on-board computer on the driver’s side automatically go into anti- page 230): glare mode if the following conditions are met simultaneously: the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the…

  • Page 108: Memory Function

    Memory function Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on the front-passenger The exterior mirror on the front-passenger side moves back to its original position: side moves to the preset parking position. as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph Use adjustment button = to adjust the (15 km/h) exterior mirror to a position that allows you…

  • Page 109
    Memory function Adjust the seat ( page 98). On the driver’s side, adjust the steering wheel ( page 102) and the exterior mirrors page 103). Briefly press the M memory button and then press storage position button 1, 2 or 3 within three seconds.
  • Page 111
    Useful information ……110 Exterior lighting …….. 110 Interior lighting ……… 115 Replacing bulbs ……… 116 Windshield wipers ……120…
  • Page 112: Useful Information

    ( page 27). Exterior lighting General notes For reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime. In some countries, operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self-imposed Left-hand standing lamps obligations.

  • Page 113: Exterior Lighting

    Exterior lighting Automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to T, you turn on the daytime running lamps and parking lamps. WARNING If the engine is running and you turn the light When the light switch is set to Ã, the low- switch to L, the manual settings take beam headlamps may not be switched on precedence over the daytime running lamps.

  • Page 114: Combination Switch

    Exterior lighting with the parking lamps and low-beam To switch on: turn the light switch to headlamps. Depending on the equipment level, the To switch on the front fog lamps: turn green indicator lamp or the scale the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position illumination in the instrument cluster light 2 or start the engine.

  • Page 115: Active Light Function

    Exterior lighting High-beam headlamps The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if: To switch on the high-beam headlamps: an air bag is deployed. turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine. the vehicle is slowed down rapidly from a speed of over 45 mph (70 km/h) and Turn the light switch to L or Ã.

  • Page 116: Cornering Light Function

    Exterior lighting The active light function is a system that Adaptive Highbeam Assist moves the headlamps according to the WARNING steering movements of the front wheels. In this way, relevant areas remain illuminated Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize while driving. This allows you to recognize road users: pedestrians, cyclists and animals.

  • Page 117: Interior Lighting

    Interior lighting indicator lamp in the instrument cluster stays on. To deactivate: move the combination switch back to its normal position. The _ indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out. Headlamps fogged up on the inside The headlamps may fog up on the inside if there is high atmospheric humidity.

  • Page 118: Crash-Responsive Emergency Lighting

    Replacing bulbs ignition lock. You can activate this delayed c Switches the front interior lighting switch-off using the on-board computer on/off page 228). p Switches the left-hand front reading lamp on/off Manual interior lighting control To switch the front interior lighting on/ off: press the c button.

  • Page 119: Replacing Bulbs

    Replacing bulbs observed, the lights must be switched on before starting the engine. Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times. Have the headlamp setting checked regularly. Other bulbs WARNING Bulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hot…

  • Page 120: High-Beam Headlamps

    Replacing bulbs Changing the front bulbs They can explode when being changed if: they are still hot Low-beam headlamps (halogen they hit an object when being removed headlamps) they are dropped WARNING There is a risk of injury. These bulbs are pressurized. You should wear eye protection and clean They can explode when being changed if: gloves when you are changing a bulb.

  • Page 121: Opening And Closing The Side Trim Panels

    Replacing bulbs Grip the back of lever extension ; and pull necessary, have bulbs changed at a qualified it out in a straight line. specialist workshop. Take the bulb out of lever extension ;. Insert the new bulb into lever extension ;.

  • Page 122
    Windshield wipers Right-hand side trim panel Backup lamp :: remove the bulb from To open: turn release knob : 90° in the bulb holder. direction of the arrow and remove side trim Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. panel ;.
  • Page 123: Rear Window Wiper

    Windshield wipers Switching the rear window wiper on/ Combination switch $ Windshield wiper off Ä Intermittent wipe, low Combination switch Å Intermittent wipe, high è Switch ° Continuous wipe, slow ô To wipe with washer fluid ¯ Continuous wipe, fast I To switch on intermittent wiping í…

  • Page 124: Windshield Wipers

    Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop. ! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper.

  • Page 125
    Windshield wipers Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. Fold wiper arm : away from the rear window until it engages. Position wiper blade ; at a right angle to wiper arm :. Hold wiper arm : and press wiper blade ;…
  • Page 126
    Windshield wipers Problems with the windshield wipers Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The windshield wipers Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield are jammed. wiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated. For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.
  • Page 127: Climate Control

    Useful information ……126 Overview of climate control sys- tems ……….. 126 Operating the climate control sys- tems ……….. 131 Setting the air vents ……137…

  • Page 128: Useful Information

    Overview of climate control systems The integrated filter can filter out most Useful information particles of dust, and completely filters out pollen. A clogged filter reduces the amount This Operator’s Manual describes all of air supplied to the vehicle interior. For models and all standard and optional this reason, you should always observe the equipment of your vehicle available at the…

  • Page 129: Dual-Zone Automatic Climate Control

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control Canada only To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch the ZONE function on/off ( page 134) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131) To switch the rear window defroster on/off ( page 135)

  • Page 130: Climate Control

    Overview of climate control systems USA only To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch maximum cooling on/off ( page 135) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131) To switch the rear window defroster on/off ( page 135) To set the temperature, right (…

  • Page 131
    Overview of climate control systems ECO start/stop function During automatic engine switch-off, the ECO start/stop function only operates at a reduced capacity. If you require the full climate control output, you can switch off the ECO start/stop function by pressing the ECO button ( page 146).
  • Page 132: Rear Control Panel

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control Canada only Front control panel To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch the residual heat function on/off ( page 136) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131)

  • Page 133: Operating The Climate Control Sys- Tems

    Operating the climate control systems Notes on using 3-zone automatic Operating the climate control climate control systems Switching climate control on/off Automatic climate control The following contains instructions and Points to observe before use recommendations to enable you to get the When the climate control is switched off, the most out of your automatic climate control.

  • Page 134: Air Flow

    Operating the climate control systems dehumidified according to the temperature conditions are warm. The windows can fog up selected. more quickly. Only deactivate the cooling with air dehumidification function for a short Condensation may drip from the underside of time to prevent the windows from fogging up. the vehicle when it is in cooling mode.

  • Page 135: Setting The Air Distribution

    Operating the climate control systems Turn control : clockwise or counter- Setting the temperature clockwise ( page 130). Dual-zone automatic climate control Only change the temperature setting in small increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †). Different temperatures can be set for the driver’s and front-passenger sides.

  • Page 136: Defrosting The Windshield

    Operating the climate control systems Adjusting To deactivate: press the á button. The indicator lamp in the á button goes Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the out. ignition lock ( page 141). Dual-zone automatic climate control: the Press the _ button repeatedly until the temperature setting for the driver’s side is desired symbol appears in the display.

  • Page 137: Defrosting The Windows

    Operating the climate control systems Windows fogged up on the outside Press the à button. The indicator lamp in the ¬ button goes Activate the windshield wipers. out. Airflow and air distribution are set to Press the _ button repeatedly until the automatic mode.

  • Page 138: Problem With The Rear Window Defroster

    Operating the climate control systems Problems with the rear window defroster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged. defroster has Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading deactivated lamps, interior lighting or the seat heating.

  • Page 139: Important Safety Notes

    Setting the air vents Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the Setting the center air vents ignition lock ( page 141) or remove it. To activate: press the Ì button. The indicator lamp in the Ì button lights If the residual heat function is activated, the windows may fog up on the inside.

  • Page 140: Rear

    Setting the air vents to cool its contents. The level of airflow Rear control panel, only with 3-zone depends on the airflow and air distribution automatic climate control settings. Rear-compartment air vent, left ! Close the air vent when heating the To open/close: turn thumbwheel : up or vehicle.

  • Page 141
    Useful information ……140 Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle 140 Driving ……….140 Automatic transmission ….148 Refueling ……….154 Parking ……….160 Driving tips ……..162 Driving systems …….. 169 Towing a trailer ……… 208…
  • Page 142: Useful Information

    Driving If possible, do not depress the accelerator Useful information pedal past the point of resistance (kickdown). This Operator’s Manual describes all Only select shift ranges 3, 2 or 1 when models and all standard and optional driving slowly, e.g. in mountainous terrain. equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s After 1,000 miles (1,500 km), you can…

  • Page 143: Start/Stop Button

    Driving Ignition (power supply for all consumers) for example, the power steering and the brake and drive position boosting effect. You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake. There is a risk To start the engine of an accident. The steering is locked when you remove the Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

  • Page 144
    Driving started with the Start/Stop button if the If you then open the driver’s door when in SmartKey is in the vehicle. Electrically this position, the power supply is powered equipment can be operated. deactivated. Position 2: (ignition): press Start/Stop button : twice.
  • Page 145: Pulling Away

    Driving page 141) and release it as soon as the is a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leave engine is running. the engine running in enclosed spaces To start a diesel engine: turn the without sufficient ventilation. SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock WARNING page 141).

  • Page 146: Eco Start/Stop Function

    Driving When engaging transmission position D or R, WARNING always firmly depress the brake pedal and do After a short time, hill start assist will no not simultaneously accelerate. longer brake your vehicle and it could roll away. There is a risk of an accident and injury. It is only possible to shift the transmission Therefore, quickly move your foot from the from position P to the desired position if…

  • Page 147: Automatic Engine Switch-Off

    Driving Every time you switch on the engine using the automatic engine switch-off is again SmartKey or the Start/Stop button, the ECO possible. start/stop function is activated. Vehicles with automatic transmission If the ECO start/stop function has been If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or manually deactivated ( page 146) or a N, the ECO start/stop function switches off…

  • Page 148: Deactivating/Activating

    Driving If you shift the transmission from R to D, the ECO start/stop function is available again once the ¤ symbol reappears in green in the multifunction display. Deactivating/activating the ECO start/ stop function ECO button To switch off: press button :. Indicator lamp ;…

  • Page 149
    Driving Problems with the engine Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine does not There is a malfunction in the engine electronics. start. The starter motor There is a malfunction in the fuel supply. can be heard. Turn the SmartKey back to position 0 in the ignition lock before attempting to start the engine again.
  • Page 150: Direct Select Lever

    Automatic transmission Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine is not There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical running smoothly and component of the engine management system. is misfiring. Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly. Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 151: Automatic Transmission

    Automatic transmission Transmission position and drive R, from R to D or directly to P. The program display automatic transmission could otherwise be damaged. Engaging park position P automatically Park position P is automatically engaged if: you switch off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey you switch off the engine using the Start/ Stop button and open one of the front doors…

  • Page 152: Engaging Drive Position

    Automatic transmission Shift to neutral N. WARNING Release the brake pedal. If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, they could: if the electric parking brake is applied, release it. open the doors, thus endangering other Switch off the ignition and leave the people or road users.

  • Page 153: Changing Gear

    Automatic transmission Driving tips Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N Kickdown while driving. The transmission Use kickdown for maximum acceleration. could otherwise be damaged. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the No power is transmitted from the pressure point. engine to the drive wheels.

  • Page 154: Automatic Drive Program

    Automatic transmission increased sensitivity. This improves driving For further information on the automatic stability on slippery road surfaces, for drive program, see ( page 152). example Press program selector button : the automatic transmission shifting up repeatedly until the letter for the desired sooner.

  • Page 155
    Automatic transmission Restricting the shift range Pull the left-hand steering wheel paddle shifter. The automatic transmission shifts down one gear and restricts the shift range to the relevant gear. If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down, the automatic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down.
  • Page 156: Emergency Mode

    Refueling Problems with the transmission Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil. problems shifting gear. Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately. The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode. is deteriorating.

  • Page 157: Refueling Process

    Refueling ! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the If you or others come into contact with fuel, fuel system. observe the following: ! Take care not to spill any fuel on painted Wash away fuel from skin immediately surfaces. You could otherwise damage the using soap and water.

  • Page 158
    Refueling To open Switch the engine off. Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. KEYLESS-GO: open the driver’s door. This corresponds to key position 0: «key removed». The driver’s door can be closed again. Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow :.
  • Page 159
    Refueling Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Fuel is leaking from the The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty. vehicle. WARNING Risk of explosion or fire. Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it immediately ( page 141).
  • Page 160: Adding

    BlueTEC exhaust gas gas aftertreatment and DEF is available at any aftertreatment system. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. ! Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with DEF immediately with water or remove DEF using a damp cloth and cold water.

  • Page 161
    Refueling residues crystallize after time and contaminate the affected surfaces. ! DEF is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the fuel tank. If DEF is added to the fuel tank, this can lead to engine damage. ! Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand- tight.
  • Page 162: Switching Off

    Parking Replace DEF cover : as shown and turn it WARNING clockwise as far as it will go. If you leave children unsupervised in the Fold the cargo compartment floor down. vehicle, they could set it in motion by, for example: Close the tailgate.

  • Page 163: Parking Brake

    Parking Vehicles with automatic transmission WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the Apply the parking brake firmly. vehicle, they could set it in motion by, for Shift the transmission to position P. example: Using the SmartKey releasing the parking brake Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the shifting the automatic transmission out of ignition lock and remove it.

  • Page 164: Drinking And Driving

    Driving tips Connecting a trickle charger. a distance of 44 feet (approximately 14 m) per second. You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist Drive sensibly – save fuel workshop. If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than Observe the following tips to save fuel: six weeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as The tires should always be inflated to the…

  • Page 165
    ECO display. regular intervals and in accordance with the The evaluation of your driving style is carried Mercedes-Benz service requirements. Details out using the following three categories: can be found in the Maintenance Booklet. Acceleration…
  • Page 166: Driving Tips

    This could cause damage to the drive train. This type of damage is not Brake occasionally to remove any possible covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty. salt residue. Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so.

  • Page 167: Maintenance

    The brake fluid level may be too low due to for Mercedes-Benz vehicles or which are not brake pad wear or leaking brake lines. of an equivalent quality could affect your Have the brake system checked vehicle’s operating safety.

  • Page 168: Driving On Flooded Roads

    Driving tips Driving on wet roads There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents. Hydroplaning Do not shift down for additional engine If water has accumulated to a certain depth braking on a slippery road surface. on the road surface, there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring, even if: DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate…

  • Page 169: Off-Road Driving

    Driving tips Driving off-road increases the likelihood of For more information on driving with damage to the vehicle, which, in turn, can lead snow chains, see ( page 331). to failure of the mechanical assembly or The outside temperature indicator is not systems.

  • Page 170: Approach/Departure Angle

    Driving tips Driving on sand drive very slowly. try to drive straight over the center of Observe the following rules when driving on obstacles: front wheel first, then rear sand: wheel. select a shift range appropriate to the terrain. drive quickly to overcome the rolling Traveling uphill resistance.

  • Page 171: Driving Systems

    Driving systems lose control of the vehicle. If the gradient is Driving systems too steep for your vehicle, drive back down in Cruise Control reverse gear. Important safety notes Maximum gradient-climbing capability Cruise control maintains a constant road If the load on the front axle is reduced speed for you.

  • Page 172: Setting A Speed

    Driving systems Cruise control lever Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed, the vehicle accelerates or decelerates. If you do not know the stored speed, the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly.

  • Page 173: Deactivating

    Driving systems If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a slower-moving Cruise control is not deactivated if you vehicle in front, your vehicle is braked in order depress the accelerator pedal. For to maintain the preset distance to the vehicle example, if you accelerate briefly to in front.

  • Page 174
    Driving systems ! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function This speed may: is activated, the vehicle brakes be too high if you are driving in a filter lane automatically in certain situations. To or an exit lane prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate be so high when driving in the right-hand DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in lane that you overtake vehicles in the left-…
  • Page 175
    Driving systems Switching on DISTRONIC PLUS, storing Canada only: This device complies with and maintaining the current speed RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: Activation conditions 1. This device may not cause harmful In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS, the interference, and following conditions must be fulfilled: 2.
  • Page 176
    Driving systems display. The set distance to a slower- vehicle. In this way, the distance you have moving vehicle in front will then not be selected is maintained. maintained. You will be driving at the speed If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle you determine by the position of the in front is driving faster, it accelerates your accelerator pedal.
  • Page 177: Setting The Specified Minimum Distance

    Driving systems up : or down ; beyond the pressure If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn off point. DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle Every time the cruise control lever is against rolling away. pressed up : or down ;, the last speed Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS stored is increased or reduced.

  • Page 178: Displays In The Multifunction Display

    Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the multifunction display General notes In the Assistance menu ( page 224) of the on-board computer, you can select the distance display. Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Select the Distance Display function using the on-board computer To increase: turn control ;…

  • Page 179: Distronic Plus

    Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactivated if: you engage the parking brake you are driving slower than 15 mph (25 km/h) and there is no vehicle in front, or if the vehicle in front is no longer detected ® ®…

  • Page 180
    Driving systems Cornering, going into and coming out of a DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the bend vehicle cutting in yet. The distance to this vehicle will be too short. Narrow vehicles The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehicles when cornering is limited. Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late.
  • Page 181: Hold Function

    Driving systems ! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function Crossing vehicles is activated, the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations. To prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations: when towing the vehicle in the car wash Deactivate the HOLD function (…

  • Page 182: Parktronic

    Driving systems Activating the HOLD function to lock the vehicle, the tone becomes louder. The vehicle is not locked until the HOLD Make sure that the activation conditions function is deactivated. are met. If the engine has been switched off, it Depress the brake pedal.

  • Page 183: Range Of The Sensors

    Driving systems truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction. PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain. PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you: switch on the ignition shift the transmission to position D, R or N release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above Side view 11 mph (18 km/h).

  • Page 184: Warning Display

    Driving systems warning tone sounds. If the distance falls Transmission Warning display below the minimum, the distance may no position longer be shown. Front area activated Warning displays R, N or the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling activated The warning displays show the distance backwards between the sensors and the obstacle.

  • Page 185: Parktronic

    Driving systems Towing a trailer ! Fold in the ball coupling if the trailer tow hitch is not required. PARKTRONIC measures the minimum detection range to an obstacle from the bumper, not the ball coupling. PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear area when you establish an electrical connection between your vehicle and a trailer.

  • Page 186: Active Parking Assist

    Driving systems Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Only the red segments PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off. in the PARKTRONIC If problems persist, have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified warning displays are lit. specialist workshop. You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds.

  • Page 187: Detecting Parking Spaces

    Driving systems Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces: You may cause a collision as a result. There is a risk of an accident. that are parallel to the direction of travel If there are objects above the detection range, that are on straight roads, not bends stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist.

  • Page 188: Parking

    Driving systems A parking space is displayed while you are message appears in the multifunction driving past it, and until you are display. approximately 50 ft (15 m) away from it. Let go of the multifunction steering wheel. Back up the vehicle, being ready to brake Parking at all times.

  • Page 189: Exiting A Parking Space

    Driving systems Maneuver if necessary. Shift the transmission to position D or R. Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No: Always observe the warning messages % message appears in the multifunction displayed by PARKTRONIC ( page 182). display. Parking tips: To cancel the procedure: press the The way your vehicle is positioned in the % button on the multifunction steering parking space after parking is dependent…

  • Page 190: Towing A Trailer

    Driving systems Towing a trailer Once you have exited the parking space completely, the steering wheel is moved to For vehicles with a trailer tow hitch, the the straight-ahead position. You hear a tone minimum length for parking spaces is slightly and the Park Assist Finished message…

  • Page 191
    Driving systems General notes Engage reverse gear. The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display with guide lines. To change the function mode for vehicles with trailer tow hitch: using the COMAND controller, select symbol : for the «Reverse parking»…
  • Page 192
    Driving systems White guide line without turning the Additional messages for vehicles with PARKTRONIC steering wheel, vehicle width including Front warning display the exterior mirrors (static) Yellow guide line at a distance of Additional PARKTRONIC measurement approximately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear operational readiness indicator of the vehicle Rear warning display…
  • Page 193
    Driving systems Backing up straight into a parking space Reverse perpendicular parking with the without turning the steering wheel steering wheel at an angle White guide line without turning the Turning the steering wheel steering wheel, vehicle width including Yellow guide line for the vehicle width the exterior mirrors (static) including the exterior mirrors, for current steering wheel angle (dynamic)
  • Page 194
    Mercedes-Benz. Distances may differ if you use other ball couplings. In this case, take into account that actual distances will not match the following distance specifications.
  • Page 195
    Driving systems The 360° camera may show a distorted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly or not at all. It cannot show objects in the following areas: under the front bumper very close to the front bumper very close to the rear bumper under the rear bumper in close range above the handle on the trunk lid…
  • Page 196: Activation Conditions

    Driving systems Activation conditions The system analyzes images from the following cameras: The 360° camera image can be displayed if: rear view camera your vehicle is equipped with a 360° front camera camera two cameras in the exterior rear view COMAND is switched on, see the separate mirrors COMAND operating instructions…

  • Page 197
    Driving systems Activating the 360° camera using Top view with picture from the rear view reverse gear camera The 360° camera images can be automatically displayed by engaging reverse gear. Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock. Make sure that the Activation by R gear…
  • Page 198
    Driving systems Top view with picture from the front Top view and enlarged rear view camera Symbol for the split screen setting with Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image top view and front camera image enlarged Yellow guide line at a distance of Red guide line at a distance of…
  • Page 199: Attention Assist

    Driving systems Top view with trailer view The full screen display can also be selected as front view. Exiting 360° camera display mode As soon as your vehicle exceeds a speed of 19 mph (30 km/h) with the function activated, the function switches off. The COMAND display switches back to the previously selected view.

  • Page 200: Blind Spot Assist

    Driving systems if you have adopted a sporty driving style ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you with high cornering speeds or high rates of continue your journey and starts assessing acceleration your tiredness again if: if you are predominantly driving slower you switch off the engine.

  • Page 201
    Driving systems WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to: vehicles overtaken too closely on the side, placing them in the blind spot area vehicles being overtaken at a speed difference of more than 7.5 mph (12 km/h) vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations.
  • Page 202: Lane Keeping Assist

    Driving systems Indicator and warning display Switching on Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below Make sure that the radar sensor system approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). Vehicles in page 229) and Blind Spot Assist the monitoring range are then not indicated.

  • Page 203
    Driving systems the road is narrow and winding WARNING there are strong shadows cast on the lane Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings. General notes In this case, Lane Keeping Assist may: Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in give an unnecessary warning front of your vehicle with camera :, which is not give a warning…
  • Page 204: Active Driving Assistance Package

    Driving systems If you drive at speeds above 40 mph connection. This can be accomplished by (60 km/h) and lane markings are detected, checking the trailer lighting. symbol : is shown in green. Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use. Active Driving Assistance package Standard General notes…

  • Page 205
    Driving systems Monitoring range of the sensors WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to: WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all vehicles overtaken too closely on the side, traffic situations and road users. There is a placing them in the blind spot area risk of an accident.
  • Page 206
    Driving systems be the case if there are vehicles driving at the If a vehicle is detected within the monitoring inner edge of their lanes. range of Active Blind Spot Assist at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), warning lamp : Due to the nature of the system: on the corresponding side lights up red.
  • Page 207: Active Lane Keeping Assist

    Driving systems out. This is meant to assist you in avoiding a Towing a trailer collision. When you attach a trailer, make sure you have The course-correcting brake application is correctly established the electrical available in the speed range between connection.

  • Page 208
    Driving systems Important safety notes the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be If you fail to adapt your driving style, Active detected Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of the lane markings change quickly, e.g.
  • Page 209
    Driving systems a driving safety system intervenes, e.g. brake application, e.g. after intentionally ® ® , PRE-SAFE Brake or Active Blind driving over a solid lane marking. There is a Spot Assist. risk of an accident. you have adopted a sporty driving style with An inappropriate brake application may be high cornering speeds or high rates of interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in…
  • Page 210: Towing A Trailer

    Towing a trailer symbol : is shown in green. Active Lane WARNING Keeping Assist is ready for use. When the vehicle/trailer combination begins Standard is selected, no warning to lurch, you could lose control of it. The vibration occurs if: vehicle/trailer combination could even rollover.

  • Page 211: Driving Tips

    Further information on availability and on relevant country. installation is available from any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. For certain Mercedes-Benz vehicles, the maximum permissible rear axle load is The bumpers of your vehicle are not increased when towing a trailer. Refer to the suitable for installing detachable trailer «Technical data»…

  • Page 212: Coupling Up A Trailer

    Towing a trailer tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. This also applies if you have activated This helps to avoid damage to the vehicle. cruise control. This will use the braking effect of the engine, so that less braking will be required to…

  • Page 213
    Towing a trailer Leave enough play in the chains to make characteristics, you should practice the tight cornering possible. following in a traffic-free location: a separate brake system for certain types cornering of trailer. stopping a safety switch for braked trailers. Check backing up the specific legal requirements applicable Before driving, check:…
  • Page 214: Decoupling A Trailer

    B-pillar on the driver’s side of Make sure that the automatic transmission the vehicle. is set to position P. Mercedes-Benz recommends a trailer Apply the vehicle’s parking brake. load where the trailer drawbar noseweight…

  • Page 215: Removing

    Towing a trailer accounts for 8% to 15% of the trailer’s Trailer power supply permissible gross weight. The trailer socket of your vehicle is equipped The weight of other accessories, at the factory with a permanent power supply. passengers and loads reduces: The permanent power supply is supplied via trailer socket pin 4.

  • Page 217
    Useful information ……216 Important safety notes ….216 Displays and operation ….216 Menus and submenus …… 219 Display messages ……231 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ……257…
  • Page 218: Useful Information

    Displays and operation multifunction display. You should therefore Useful information make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times. Otherwise, a vehicle that is not This Operator’s Manual describes all operating safely may cause an accident. models and all standard and optional For an overview, see the instrument panel equipment of your vehicle available at the illustration (…

  • Page 219: Operating The On-Board Computer

    Displays and operation Outside temperature display You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around freezing point. The outside temperature display is in the multifunction display ( page 218). Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay. Speedometer with segments The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available.

  • Page 220
    Displays and operation Back button Press and hold: In the Audio menu: selects the Press briefly: previous/next station or selects Back an audio track or a video scene Switches off the Voice Control using rapid scrolling System; see the separate In the (Telephone) menu: operating instructions…
  • Page 221: Odometer

    Menus and submenus Text field : shows the selected menu or Trip menu submenu as well as display messages. Standard display You can set the time using the audio system or COMAND, see the separate operating instructions. The following messages may appear in the multifunction display: CRUISE Cruise control (…

  • Page 222: Digital Speedometer

    Menus and submenus Digital speedometer From Reset trip computer is automatically reset if the value exceeds 9,999 hours or 99,999 miles. Displaying the range and current fuel consumption Digital speedometer Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu.

  • Page 223: Menus And Submenus

    Menus and submenus Change of direction announced without a Navigation system menu lane recommendation Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu, the multifunction display shows navigation instructions. For more information, see the separate operating instructions. ® Switch on the audio system with Becker MAP PILOT or COMAND;…

  • Page 224: Operation

    Menus and submenus Other status indicators of the To select a stored station: briefly press navigation system the 9 or : button. To select a station from the station O: you have reached the destination or an list: press and briefly hold the 9 intermediate destination.

  • Page 225: Telephone Menu

    Menus and submenus Video DVD operation Switch on your mobile phone and audio system or COMAND, see the separate Switch on COMAND and select video DVD; operating instructions. see the separate operating instructions. ® Establish a Bluetooth connection to the Press the = or ;…

  • Page 226: Number From The Phone Book

    Menus and submenus Dialing a number from the phone book Assistance menu Press the = or ; button on the Introduction steering wheel to select the menu. Press the 9, : or a button to switch to the phone book. Press the 9 or : button to select the desired name.

  • Page 227: Activating/Deactivating

    Menus and submenus ® When ATTENTION ASSIST ( page 197) is Activating/deactivating PRE-SAFE activated, the À symbol appears in the Brake multifunction display when the ignition is on. ® PRE-SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles For further information about ATTENTION with DISTRONIC PLUS.

  • Page 228: Settings

    Menus and submenus When Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Changing the vehicle settings Keeping Assist is activated, the à symbol page 228) appears in the multifunction display when the Changing the convenience settings ignition is on. page 229) For further information about Lane Keeping Restoring the factory settings Assist, see ( page 200).

  • Page 229: Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist On/Off

    Menus and submenus Selecting the permanent display function Setting the brightness of the display/ switch You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the Press the = or ; button on the outside temperature. steering wheel to select the Sett.

  • Page 230: Activating/Deactivating The Interior Lighting Delayed Switch-Off

    Menus and submenus Press the : or 9 button to select the Activating/deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch-off Surround Lighting function. When the Surround Lighting function is If you activate the Light. Delay function, activated, the light cone and the area the interior lighting remains on for around the vehicle are displayed in red in 20 seconds after you remove the key from the…

  • Page 231: Convenience Submenu

    Menus and submenus Press the = or ; button on the While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is steering wheel to select the Sett. menu. making adjustments, make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Press the : or 9 button to select the and the steering wheel.

  • Page 232
    Menus and submenus Switching the fold-in mirrors when Press the : or 9 button to select locking feature on/off or Yes. This function is only available on vehicles with Press the a button to confirm the the memory function ( page 106).
  • Page 233: Display Messages

    Display messages Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display. Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator’s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator’s Manual.

  • Page 234: Instrument Cluster

    Display messages Safety systems Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions !÷ ® ABS (Anti-lock Braking System), ESP (Electronic Stability ® Program), BAS (Brake Assist), PRE-SAFE , the HOLD function, hill Currently ® start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are temporarily Unavailable See unavailable.

  • Page 235: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase. ® ® If ESP is not operational, ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).

  • Page 236: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. (USA In addition, the $ (USA only)/J (Canada only) warning only) (Canada lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone only) sounds.

  • Page 237: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions PRE-SAFE ® PRE-SAFE Brake is temporarily inoperative. Possible causes are: Functions function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Currently Limited the sensors in the radiator grill and the bumper are dirty. See Operator’s the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g.

  • Page 238
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions SRS has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster. Front Left WARNING Malfunction Service Required The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be Front Right triggered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not Malfunction…
  • Page 239: Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Lamp

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Front Passenger The front-passenger air bag is disabled during the journey, even Airbag Disabled though: See Operator’s an adult Manual a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front- passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may interpret the occupant’s weight as lower than it actually is.

  • Page 240: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions For further information about the Occupant Classification System, see ( page 47). The front-passenger air bag is enabled during the journey, even Front Passenger though: Airbag Enabled a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the See Operator’s system’s weight threshold is located on the front-passenger Manual…

  • Page 241: Lights

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed. Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display. If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occupied again.

  • Page 242: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The left or right-hand trailer turn signal lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself. Check Trailer Left Turn Signal Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Check Trailer Right Turn Signal The trailer brake lamp is defective.

  • Page 243: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The left or right-hand high beam is defective. Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Left High page 116). BeamorCheck Right High Beam Visit a qualified specialist workshop. The left or right-hand license plate lamp is defective.

  • Page 244
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Rear Left page 116). Sidemarker Lamp Check Rear Right Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Sidemarker Lamp The left-hand or right-hand daytime running lamp is faulty.
  • Page 245: Engine

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty. Assist Inoperative Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily Assist Currently inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the windshield in the camera’s field of vision is dirty.

  • Page 246
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant is too hot. A warning tone also sounds. Coolant Too Hot WARNING Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.
  • Page 247: Display Message

    Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http:// bevo.mercedes-benz.com. The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range. Refuel at the nearest gas station. Fuel Level Low There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank.

  • Page 248: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The fuel system pressure is too low. The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. Gas Cap Loose Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed. If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed: Close the fuel filler cap.

  • Page 249: Driving Systems

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ¯ The DEF system is malfunctioning. A warning tone also sounds. Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. Eng. Start Not Possible in ..km ¯ The DEF system is malfunctioning. A warning tone also sounds. You can no longer start the engine.

  • Page 250: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Lane Keeping Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated Assist Currently and temporarily inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the windshield in the camera’s field of vision is dirty. Operator’s Manual visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.

  • Page 251: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily Currently inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the sensors are dirty. Operator’s Manual function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Active Blind the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature Spot Assist…

  • Page 252: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Park Assist You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking Inoperative maneuvers. Active Parking Assist will become available again after approximately ten minutes ( page 184). Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

  • Page 253: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS ® DISTRONIC PLUS is defective. BAS PLUS and PRE-SAFE Brake Inoperative may also have failed. A warning tone also sounds. Visit a qualified specialist workshop. You have depressed the accelerator pedal. DISTRONIC PLUS is no DISTRONIC PLUS longer controlling the speed of the vehicle.

  • Page 254: Tires

    Display messages Tires Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check Canada only: Tire Pressure Soon The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure. A warning tone also sounds. WARNING With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the following hazards: they may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.

  • Page 255
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display. Tires A warning tone also sounds. WARNING With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the following hazards: they may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.
  • Page 256: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Tire Press. Monitor Due to a source of radio interference, no signals can be received from the wheel sensors. The tire pressure monitor is temporarily Currently malfunctioning. Unavailable Drive on. The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved.

  • Page 257: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The hood is open. WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion. There is a risk of an accident. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

  • Page 258: Keyless-Go

    Display messages SmartKey Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions  You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock. Use the correct SmartKey. Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle  The SmartKey is in the ignition lock. Remove the SmartKey. Take Your Key from Ignition …

  • Page 259: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions  The KEYLESS-GO key cannot be detected at present. Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS-GO Key Not Detected functions in the vehicle. (white display If the KEYLESS-GO key is still not detected: message)

  • Page 260
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ü The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. The red seat belt Fasten your seat belt ( page 56). warning lamp lights up The warning lamp goes out.
  • Page 261: Brakes

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions $ (USA only) There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. J (Canada only) WARNING The red brake system The braking effect may be impaired. warning lamp comes on There is a risk of an accident.

  • Page 262
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ® ABS is temporarily unavailable. BAS, BAS PLUS, ESP , EBD ® (electronic brake force distribution), PRE-SAFE The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the ®…
  • Page 263: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions EBD is not available due to a malfunction. Therefore, BAS, BAS ® ® ® PLUS, ESP , PRE-SAFE , PRE-SAFE Brake, the HOLD function, The yellow ABS warning ®…

  • Page 264
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ä ® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin. ® The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated.
  • Page 265: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷å ® ® , BAS, PRE-SAFE , the HOLD function, hill start assist and ® trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable. ® The yellow ESP ® OFF warning ®…

  • Page 266: Check Engine Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Engine Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There may be a malfunction, for example: The yellow Check in the engine management Engine warning lamp in the fuel injection system lights up while the in the exhaust system engine is running.

  • Page 267: Coolant

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective. The red coolant warning lamp lights up The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored. There is a while the engine is risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high.

  • Page 268
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant level is too low. The red coolant If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to the engine radiator warning lamp comes on may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be while the engine is malfunctioning.
  • Page 269: Distance Warning

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice. Check the coolant level and add coolant ( page 302).

  • Page 270: Tire Pressure Monitor

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Tires Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires. The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp WARNING (pressure loss/ With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the malfunction) is lit.

  • Page 271
    Useful information ……270 Loading guidelines ……270 Stowage areas ……..271 Features ……….278…
  • Page 272: Useful Information

    Loading guidelines the GVWR are specified on the vehicle Useful information identification plate on the B-pillar of the driver’s door ( page 339). This Operator’s Manual describes all The load must also be distributed so that the models and all standard and optional weight on each axle never exceeds the gross equipment of your vehicle available at the axle weight rating (GAWR) for the front and…

  • Page 273: Glove Box

    Stowage areas Stowage areas Stowage space Important safety notes WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change To lock: insert the mechanical key into the in direction.

  • Page 274: Cargo Compartment Enlargement

    Stowage areas Stowage space in the rear level of protection and could even cause injuries. Stowage compartment in the rear Objects or loads in the trunk/cargo ! Do not sit or lean your bodyweight on the compartment cannot be restrained by the armrests when they are folded out as you seat backrest.

  • Page 275: Cargo Tie Down Rings

    Stowage areas Folding the rear seat backrest back Only use the cargo tie down rings when securing a load. Observe the following notes on securing loads: Observe the loading guidelines page 270). Secure the load using the cargo tie-down rings. Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly.

  • Page 276: Bag Hook

    Stowage areas Cargo compartment cover Important safety notes WARNING On its own, the cargo compartment cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects, items of luggage and heavy loads. You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction, braking or in the event of an accident.

  • Page 277
    Stowage areas To extend: pull cargo compartment is an increased risk of injury or even fatal cover : back and clip it into the retainers injury. on the left and right. Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around. Secure objects, luggage or To retract: unhook cargo compartment loads against slipping or tipping over, e.g.
  • Page 278: Coat Hooks

    Stowage areas Releasing the cargo net Open both Velcro fasteners and remove the cargo net. Unroll and unfold the cargo net. The upper and lower guide rods must engage audibly. Attaching the cargo net Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats Pull belt adjuster : upwards in the direction of the arrow to reduce the tension on the tensioning strap.

  • Page 279: Stowage Well (Under)

    Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style. Release hook = from the bracket on the ! Mercedes-Benz recommends that you underside of the cargo compartment floor. only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

  • Page 280: Overview

    Features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest This helps to prevent damage to the vehicle. ! Do not sit on or support your body weight Position the load on the roof rack in such a on the rear seat armrest when it is folded way that the vehicle will not sustain down, as you could otherwise damage it.

  • Page 281: Features

    Features Ashtray Front ashtray ! The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant. Before placing lit cigarettes in the ashtray, make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged. Otherwise, the stowage space could be damaged. Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip, e.g.

  • Page 282: Cigarette Lighter

    Features To open: pull cover ; out by its top edge. Press in cigarette lighter ;. Cigarette lighter ; will pop out To remove the insert: press release automatically when the heating element is button = and lift the insert up and out. red-hot.

  • Page 283: V Socket

    Features Socket in the rear-compartment center Have the 115 V power socket checked or console replaced immediately at a qualified specialized workshop if it is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim. Never plug the connector cable into a 115 V power socket that is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim.

  • Page 284
    Features Using the 115 V power socket To switch on: switch the ignition on. Open flap =. Insert the plug of the electronic device into 115 V power socket :. Indicator lamp ; lights up. To switch off: remove the connector from 115 V socket :.
  • Page 285: Important Safety Notes

    Customer Center contact one of the following telephone a service subscription is available hotlines: the starter battery is sufficiently charged USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Determining the location of the vehicle on Assistance Center at a map is only possible if: 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007 GPS reception is available.

  • Page 286: Emergency Call

    Press the W or X button on the Have the system checked at the nearest multifunction steering wheel. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines: Use the volume controller of the audio USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance system/COMAND.

  • Page 287
    Shortly after the emergency call has been initiated, a voice connection is automatically There is a risk of an accident and injury. established between the Mercedes-Benz Leave the vehicle immediately in this or Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle similar situations as soon as it is safe to do occupants.
  • Page 288: Mb Info Call Button

    Mercedes- Benz Customer Assistance Center was Press Roadside Assistance button :. established. This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz This may be because the corresponding Customer Assistance Center. The indicator mobile phone network is not available.

  • Page 289: Call Priority

    Press MB Info call button :. Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display. This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center. The indicator To end a call: press the ~ button on the lamp in MB Info call button : flashes while multifunction steering wheel.

  • Page 290: Search & Send

    Features Furthermore, you can download routes with vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes-Benz up to 20 way points. Customer Assistance Center. You are prompted to confirm route guidance The vehicle can be immediately opened to the address entered. remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off.

  • Page 291: Vehicle Remote Malfunction Diagnosis

    Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance instructions of the customer service Center together with your PIN. representative. The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance The message in the display disappears. Center then attempts to locate the mbrace If you select Cancel, the vehicle remote system. The Mercedes-Benz Customer…

  • Page 292: Downloading Routes

    Features appears. The vehicle data can now be sent to include up to 20 way points. When a route has the Customer Assistance center. been received by the navigation system, the ‘Route name’ has been saved to Press to confirm the message. memory card.

  • Page 293: Triggering The Vehicle Alarm

    Depending on the setting, the panic alarm Alternatively, you can call the following lasts five or ten seconds. Afterwards, the telephone assistance services: alarm switches off. USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes Garage door opener Canada: Customer Service at…

  • Page 294
    Features Press and hold button B on remote control A until indicator lamp : lights up green. If indicator lamp : lights up green or flashes, then programming has been successful. Release button B on remote control A for the garage door drive system. If indicator lamp : lights up red: repeat the programming procedure for the corresponding button on the rear-view…
  • Page 295: Opening/Closing

    Features Notes on programming the remote The integrated garage door opener is control compatible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of Canadian radio frequency laws require a 280to 433MHz. «break» (or interruption) of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds.

  • Page 296: Calling Up

    Features Setting the compass Garage door system with a rolling code: indicator lamp : flashes green. Determine your position using the following The transmitter will transmit a signal as zone maps. long as the button is pressed. The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp : lights up yellow.

  • Page 297: Floormats

    Features Push a round pen into opening The operating and road safety of the vehicle page 294) for approximately three is jeopardized. There is a risk of an accident. seconds. Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are The zone currently selected appears in stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter compass display ;( page 294).

  • Page 299
    Useful information ……298 ASSYST PLUS ……..298 Engine compartment ……299 Care ………… 303…
  • Page 300: Useful Information

    (see the separate Maintenance Booklet). Switch on the ignition. You can obtain further information from an Press the = or ; button on the authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at steering wheel to select the Serv. menu. http://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

  • Page 301: Engine Compartment

    Engine compartment A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an Engine compartment authorized Mercedes-Benz Center, will reset Hood the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out. Important safety notes You can also obtain further information on maintenance work, for example.

  • Page 302: Closing

    Engine compartment If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment, switch off the ignition never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components, such as the fan rotation area keep clothing away from moving parts WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection Pull release lever : on the hood.

  • Page 303: Engine Oil Adding

    You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes-Benz Service center. Example: vehicles with a diesel engine Park the vehicle on a level surface.

  • Page 304
    Engine compartment Damage to the engine or exhaust system is Checking and adding other service caused by the following: products using engine oils and oil filters that have Checking coolant level not been specifically approved for the service system WARNING replacing engine oil and oil filters after The engine cooling system is pressurized, the interval for replacement specified by…
  • Page 305: Care

    ;. Care If necessary, add coolant that has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. General notes Replace cap : and turn it clockwise as far ! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use any as it will go.

  • Page 306: Car Wash

    Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a car automatically in certain situations. To shampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz. prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in gentle jet of water.

  • Page 307: Matte Finish

    Paint Cleaner, which has after having cleaned the wheels with wheel been approved by Mercedes-Benz. cleaner. Wheel cleaners could cause Do not use these care products in the sun or increased corrosion of the brake discs and on the hood while the hood is hot.

  • Page 308: Windows

    Use only insect remover and car shampoo the ignition before cleaning the windshield or from the range of recommended and wiper blades. approved Mercedes-Benz care products. ! Only fold the windshield wipers away from Cleaning the windows the windshield when vertical. Otherwise, you will damage the hood.

  • Page 309: Exterior Lights

    Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent, e.g. Mercedes-Benz car shampoo. Or clean the exterior lighting with cleaning cloths. Cleaning the mirror turn signals ! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.

  • Page 310: Display

    Clean the display surface using a Clean the exhaust tail pipes with a chrome commercially available microfiber cloth care product tested and approved by and TFT/LCD display cleaner. Mercedes-Benz. Dry the display surface using a dry microfiber cloth. Cleaning the trailer tow hitch Environmental note…

  • Page 311: Seat Belt

    ! Observe the following when cleaning: are chrome-plated or not, consult an Clean artificial leather covers with a cloth authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. moistened with a solution containing Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with 1% detergent (e.g. dish washing liquid).

  • Page 312: Carpets

    Use clean, lukewarm water and soap solution. Cleaning the headliner and carpets Headliner: if it is very dirty, use a soft brush or a cleaning agent recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz. Carpets: use the carpet and textile cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

  • Page 313
    Useful information ……312 Where will I find…? ……312 Flat tire ……….312 Battery (vehicle) …….. 314 Jump-starting ……..318 Towing and tow-starting ….320 Fuses ……….323…
  • Page 314: Useful Information

    Flat tire Useful information This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described.

  • Page 315: Flat Tire

    Flat tire Vehicle preparation is not necessary on MOExtended tires (tires with run-flat vehicles with MOExtended tires. properties) General notes Collapsible spare wheel With MOExtended tires (tires with run flat an emergency spare wheel (only for certain characteristics), you can continue to drive countries) ( page 359) your vehicle even if there is a total loss of…

  • Page 316: Driving Over Obstacles

    Battery (vehicle) You must not exceed a maximum speed of have all work involving the battery carried out 50 mph (80 km/h). at a qualified specialist workshop. When replacing one or all tires, make sure WARNING that you use only tires: Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can, for example, lead to a short circuit and of the size specified for the vehicle and…

  • Page 317: Battery (Vehicle)

    Battery (vehicle) WARNING must be collected separately and recycled to protect the Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury. environment. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Dispose of batteries in an Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean environmentally friendly over the battery.

  • Page 318: Charging The Battery

    Battery (vehicle) Risk of explosion. consumers. The vehicle will then use very little energy, thus conserving battery power. If the power supply has been interrupted, Fire, open flames and smoking are e.g. if you reconnect the battery, you will prohibited when handling the have to: battery.

  • Page 319
    ! Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed in the vehicle. ! Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
  • Page 320: Jump-Starting

    Jump-starting Jump-starting For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point, consisting of a positive terminal and an earth point, in the engine compartment. WARNING Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean over the battery.

  • Page 321
    Jump-starting Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps. If the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly. Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch.
  • Page 322: Important Safety Notes

    Towing and tow-starting First, remove the jumper cables from earth point A and negative terminal ?, then from positive clamp ; and positive terminal =. Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first. Close cover : of positive terminal ; after removing the jumper cables. Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 323: Towing And Tow-Starting

    Towing and tow-starting The battery must be connected and charged. Otherwise, you: cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N Deactivate the automatic locking feature page 80). You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle.

  • Page 324: With The Rear Axle Raised

    Towing and tow-starting Towing the vehicle with the rear axle Transporting the vehicle raised The towing eyes or trailer tow hitch can be Only possible for vehicles without used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or 4MATIC. transporter if you wish to transport it. When towing your vehicle with the rear axle Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the raised, it is important that you observe the…

  • Page 325: Fuses

    312). ! Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and which Dashboard fuse box have the correct fuse rating for the system ! Do not use a pointed object such as a concerned.

  • Page 326: Compartment

    Fuses ! Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open. ! When closing the cover, make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses.

  • Page 327
    Fuses To open: lift up cargo compartment floor ;( page 277). Remove stowage compartment :. Open cover = of fuse box downwards.
  • Page 329: Wheels And Tires

    Useful information ……328 Important safety notes ….328 Operation ……….. 328 Winter operation ……. 330 Tire pressure ……..331 Loading the vehicle ……339 Maximum load rating ……. 343 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ………. 344 Tire labeling ……..345 Definition of terms for tires and loading ……….

  • Page 330: Useful Information

    Operator’s Accessories that are not approved for your Manual. Country-specific differences are vehicle by Mercedes-Benz or are not being possible. Please note that your vehicle may used correctly can impair the operating not be equipped with all features safety.

  • Page 331: Operation

    Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Do not use any other valve caps or systems, e.g. tire pressure monitoring systems.

  • Page 332: Winter Operation

    Do not drive with tires which have too little permanently. Mercedes-Benz cannot accept tread depth, as this significantly reduces responsibility for this type of damage. the traction on wet roads (hydroplaning).

  • Page 333: Tire Pressure

    Mercedes-Benz, or are of a steering and braking, may be greatly corresponding standard of quality. impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

  • Page 334
    Tire pressure various operating conditions, i.e. differing Follow recommended tire inflation pressures load and speed conditions. and check the pressure of all the tires including the spare wheel: Specifications shown in the examples of monthly, at least tire pressure tables are for illustration purposes only.
  • Page 335: On-Board Computer

    The tire pressures for increased loads Only screw the standard valve cap or other and/or higher road speeds, shown in the valve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz for tire pressure table, may have a negative your vehicle onto the tire valve.

  • Page 336: Maximum

    Tire pressure Overinflation changes by 18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/ WARNING 1.5 psi). Take this into account when Tires with excessively high pressure can burst checking the pressure of warm tires and only because they are damaged more easily by correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the road debris, potholes etc.

  • Page 337: Pressure Loss Warning

    Tire pressure of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of Checking the tire pressures a loss of pressure, a corresponding warning Important safety notes message will appear in the multifunction display. Observe the «tire pressure information» You can recognize the tire pressure loss section ( page 331).

  • Page 338: Service Menu

    Tire pressure Restarting the tire pressure loss After a teach-in period, the tire pressure warning system loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires. Restart the tire pressure loss warning system If you wish to cancel the restart: if you have: changed the tire pressure Press the % button.

  • Page 339
    Tire pressure pressure, the warning threshold for the system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire warning message is aligned to the reference pressure telltale when one or more of your values taught-in. Restart the tire pressure tires are significantly underinflated. monitor after adjusting the pressure of the Accordingly, when the low tire pressure cold tires (…
  • Page 340: Checking The Tire Pressure Electronically

    Tire pressure for approximately one minute and then instead of the tire pressure display. The tire remaining lit. pressures are already being monitored. When the malfunction has been rectified, If a spare wheel/emergency spare wheel the tire pressure warning lamp goes out is mounted, the system may continue to after a few minutes of driving.

  • Page 341: Loading The Vehicle

    Loading the vehicle pressure monitor then monitors the new tire If you wish to cancel the restart: pressure values. Press the % button. Restart the tire pressure monitor after you The tire pressure values stored at the last have set the tire pressure to the value restart will continue to be monitored.

  • Page 342
    Loading the vehicle The gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load, luggage and trailer load/noseweight (if applicable) must not exceed the specified value. Number of seats The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustration are examples. The number of seats is vehicle-specific and can differ from the details shown.
  • Page 343
    Loading the vehicle your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard. Step 2: Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX lbs.
  • Page 344
    Loading the vehicle Example: steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples use a load limit of 1 500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard ( page 340).
  • Page 345: Maximum Load Rating

    Maximum load rating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible load and 1500 lbs 1500 lbs 1500 lbs trailer load/ (680 kg) — (680 kg) — (680 kg) — noseweight 750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) = (maximum = 750 lbs…

  • Page 346: Maximum Tire Load

    Treadwear Traction Temperature the freezing point. Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of ã in (4 mm) for all four winter tires ( page 330) to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter. Winter tires can…

  • Page 347: Tire Labeling

    Tire labeling reduce the braking distance on snow-covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires. Stopping distance, however, is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with ice or snow. Take appropriate care when driving. ! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damage to the drive train.

  • Page 348
    Tire labeling ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by Tire size designation, load-bearing the tire height. capacity and speed rating Tire code: tire code = specifies the tire type. «R» represents radial tires; «D» represents diagonal tires; «B» represents diagonal radial tires.
  • Page 349
    Tire labeling adapt your driving style to the traffic (300 km/h) must include «ZR», and the conditions. service specification must be given in parentheses. Example: Summer tires 275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating «(Y)» indicates that the maximum speed of the Index Speed rating tire is over 186 mph (300 km/h).
  • Page 350: Load Index

    Tire labeling The TIN is a unique identification number. The Load index TIN enables tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety- relevant matters. It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires. The TIN is made up of manufacturer identification code ;, tire size =, tire type code ? and manufacturing date A.

  • Page 351: Characteristics

    Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire characteristics Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehicle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms (150 lbs). Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality, tire traction and temperature characteristics.

  • Page 352
    Definition of terms for tires and loading GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Maximum loaded vehicle weight The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight The maximum weight is the sum of the curb rating. The actual load on an axle must never weight of the vehicle, the weight of the exceed the gross axle weight rating.
  • Page 353
    Definition of terms for tires and loading Maximum load on one tire Sidewall Maximum load on one tire. This is calculated The part of the tire between the tread and the by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle bead.
  • Page 354: Changing A Wheel

    Changing a wheel Tire-mounting tools should not be used Treadwear indicators near the valve. This could damage the Narrow bars (tread wear bars) that are electronic components. distributed over the tire tread. If the tire tread Only have tires changed at a qualified is level with the bars, the wear limit of á…

  • Page 355: Preparing The Vehicle

    Mounting a wheel Cleaning the wheels Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirt blasters) can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components. Components damaged in this way may fail unexpectedly.

  • Page 356: Raising The Vehicle

    Mercedes-Benz. If used incorrectly, the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised. the jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed.

  • Page 357: Mounting A New Wheel

    Mounting a wheel Position jack = at jacking point ;. Using lug wrench :, loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one Turn ratchet wrench ? until jack = sits full turn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely on jacking point ;…

  • Page 358: Lowering

    Mercedes-Benz recommends that Tighten the wheel bolts until they are you only use wheel bolts which have been finger-tight. approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and the Inflate the collapsible spare wheel respective wheel. page 360). Only then lower the vehicle.

  • Page 359: Wheel And Tire Combinations

    ABS ® or ESP , and are marked as follows: MO = Mercedes-Benz Original MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended (tires featuring run-flat characteristics) MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only certain AMG tires) Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tires…

  • Page 360
    Wheel and tire combinations Observe the notes on recommended tire In the following table, the wheel/tire pressures under various operating combinations are assigned to the vehicle conditions ( page 331). models through variants, e.g. V1, V2 etc.: Check tire pressures regularly, and only V1 GLK 250 BlueTEC, GLK 350 when the tires are cold.
  • Page 361: Emergency Spare Wheel

    Emergency spare wheel Tires Summer tires Alloy wheels 7.5 J x 19 H2 235/50 R 19 99 V Wheel offset: 1.85 in (47 mm) 8.5 J x 19 H2 18, 19 255/45 R 19 100 V Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm) All-weather tires Alloy wheels 7.5 J x 17 H2…

  • Page 362: Emergency Spare Wheel

    Emergency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest, only use a spare wheel or emergency spare regardless of wear. This also applies to the wheel of a different size briefly. emergency spare wheel. ® do not switch ESP off.

  • Page 363: Stowing

    Otherwise, the Insert plug ? into the socket of the collapsible spare wheel will not fit in the spare wheel well. Mercedes-Benz recommends that cigarette lighter ( page 280) or into a 12 V you have this work carried out at a qualified power socket ( page 280) in your vehicle.

  • Page 364: Technical Data

    Emergency spare wheel Technical data Collapsible spare wheel Tires Wheels 185/75 – 17 98 P 6.0 B x 17 H2 ET 25 Tire pressure: 280 kPa (2.8 bar/41 psi) The specified tire pressure is printed in yellow on the emergency spare wheel.

  • Page 365: Technical Data

    Useful information ……364 Information regarding technical data ………… 364 Warranty ……….364 Identification plates ……364 Service products and filling capaci- ties …………. 365 Vehicle data ……..373 Trailer tow hitch …….. 374…

  • Page 366: Information

    27). Information regarding technical data The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment. Consult a Mercedes-Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels. Open the driver’s door. Warranty You will see vehicle identification plate :.

  • Page 367: Engine Number

    Service products and filling capacities Slide the right-hand front seat to its rearmost position. Fold floor covering : upwards. You will see VIN ;. The VIN can also be found in the following locations: on the lower edge of the windshield page 365) on the vehicle identification plate page 364)

  • Page 368: Fuel Tank Capacity

    Information about tested and approved assistance without delay. Do not induce products can be obtained from an authorized vomiting. Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at Immediately change out of clothing which http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. has come into contact with fuel. You can recognize service products approved…

  • Page 369: Additives

    Mercedes-Benz. More information about recommended additives than Ô of the pedal travel. can be obtained from any authorized Only refuel using premium-grade unleaded Mercedes-Benz Center.

  • Page 370: Diesel

    (in certain regions). In this case, Bio-diesel — FAME (fatty acid methyl ester) Mercedes-Benz recommends additives Mercedes-Benz USA approves the use of bio- approved for use in Mercedes-Benz vehicles; diesel B5 for all BlueTEC diesel engines. The see http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

  • Page 371: Engine Oil

    365). The engine oils are matched to the Purity performance of Mercedes-Benz engines and service intervals. You should therefore only ! Impurities in DEF (e.g. due to other use engine oils and oil filters that are service products, cleaning agents or dust)

  • Page 372: Viscosity

    Service products and filling capacities Center. Or visit the website this means that it is thick; a low viscosity http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. means that it is thin. The table shows which engine oils have been Select an engine oil with an SAE classification approved for your vehicle.

  • Page 373: System

    Service Products 310.1. Further information on coolants can be The coolant is checked with every found in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications maintenance interval at a qualified specialist for Service Products, MB Specifications for workshop. Service Products 310.1, e.g. on the…

  • Page 374: Refrigerant

    ! Only use refrigerant R-134a and PAG oil blocked. (part number A0019890803) which has When handling washer fluid, observe the been approved by Mercedes-Benz. The important safety notes on service products approved R-134a PAG oil may not be mixed page 365).

  • Page 375: Refrigerant Filling Capacity

    Vehicle data Refrigerant instruction label Vehicle data General notes Please note that for the specified vehicle data: the heights specified may vary as a result tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment Example: refrigerant instruction label the indicated ground clearance refers to Warning symbol the vehicle when loaded and ready to drive, Refrigerant filling capacity…

  • Page 376: Trailer Loads

    Trailer tow hitch Missing values were not available at time of going to print. All models Vehicle length 178.6 in (4536 mm) Vehicle width 79.4 in (2016 mm) including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 108.5 in (2755 mm) Turning radius 38.2 ft (11.65 m) Maximum roof load GLK 250 BlueTEC Vehicle height…

  • Page 1
    GLK-Class Operator’s Manual É2045840400tËÍ 2045840400 Order no. 6515 0807 13 Part no. 204 584 04 00 Edition C 2013…
  • Page 2
    Internet This symbol indicates an ® Bluetooth is a registered trademark of Further information about Mercedes-Benz instruction that must be followed. Bluetooth SIG Inc. vehicles and about Daimler AG can be found Several of these symbols in DTS is a registered trademark of DTS, Inc.
  • Page 3
    Welcome to the world of Mercedes-Benz We urge you to read this Operator’s Manual carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving. For your own safety and a longer vehicle life, follow the instructions and warning notices in this manual.
  • Page 5
    Contents Index …………4 At a glance ……….. 29 Introduction ……… 22 Safety ……….. 39 Opening and closing ……73 Seats, steering wheel and mirrors ..95 Lights and windshield wipers ..109 Climate control ……… 125 Driving and parking ……139 On-board computer and displays ..
  • Page 6: Table Of Contents

    Index Air bags 1, 2, 3 … Display message ……238 115 V socket ……..281 Front air bag (driver, front 12 V socket passenger) ……..44 see Sockets Important safety notes ….42 360° camera Knee bag ………. 44 Function/notes ……

  • Page 7
    Removing ……..213 Authorized Centers Storing ……….. 213 see Qualified specialist workshop BAS (Brake Assist System) ….65 Authorized Mercedes-Benz Center BAS PLUS (Brake Assist System see Qualified specialist workshop PLUS) ………… 65 Authorized workshops Battery (SmartKey) see Qualified specialist workshop Checking ……….
  • Page 8
    Index Maintenance ……..165 Cargo compartment floor Parking brake ……161, 165 Opening/closing ……277 Warning lamp ……… 259 Stowage well (under) ….. 277 Breakdown Cargo net see Flat tire Attaching ……..276 see Towing away/tow-starting Important safety information ..275 Bulbs Cargo tie down rings ……
  • Page 9
    Index Defrosting the windshield ….134 Coolant (engine) Dual-zone automatic climate Checking the level ……302 control ……….. 127 Display message ……243 Important safety notes ….126 Filling capacity ……. 371 Indicator lamp …….. 132 Important safety notes ….371 Maximum cooling ……
  • Page 10
    Driver’s door Engine ……….243 see Doors General notes …….. 231 Driving abroad Hiding (on-board computer) … 231 Mercedes-Benz Service ….299 KEYLESS-GO ……..256 Symmetrical low beam ….110 Lights ……….239 Driving in mountainous terrain Safety systems ……232 SmartKey ……..
  • Page 11
    Index Active Lane Keeping Assist …. 205 Active Parking Assist ….. 184 EASY-ENTRY feature ATTENTION ASSIST ……197 Activating/deactivating ….229 Blind Spot Assist ……198 Function/notes ……102 Cruise control …….. 169 EASY-EXIT feature Display message ……247 Crash-responsive ……103 DISTRONIC PLUS ……
  • Page 12
    Index Starting the engine with the Setting ……….. 104 SmartKey ……..143 Storing settings (memory function) 106 Starting with KEYLESS-GO ….. 143 Storing the parking position ..105 Switching off ……..160 Tow-starting (vehicle) ….. 323 Engine, jump starting Filler cap see Jump starting (engine) see Fuel filler flap Engine electronics…
  • Page 13
    Index Fuse allocation chart (vehicle tool Heating kit) …………312 see Climate control Fuses High-beam headlamps Allocation chart ……323 Changing bulbs ……118 Before changing ……323 Display message ……241 Dashboard fuse box ……. 323 Switching Adaptive Highbeam Fuse box in the cargo Assist on/off ………
  • Page 14
    Index Hazard warning lamps ….113 High beam flasher ……113 Jack High-beam headlamps ….113 Storage location ……312 Low-beam headlamps ….111 Using ……….354 Parking lamps …….. 112 Jump starting (engine) …… 318 Rear fog lamp …….. 112 Setting the brightness of the display/switch (on-board computer) ……..
  • Page 15
    Index Mounting wheels Lowering the vehicle …… 356 M+S tires ……….330 Mounting a new wheel ….355 Maintenance Preparing the vehicle ….. 353 see ASSYST PLUS Raising the vehicle ……354 Malfunction message Removing a wheel ……355 see Display messages Securing the vehicle against Matte finish (cleaning instructions) 305 rolling away ……..
  • Page 16
    Index Off-road driving Problem (malfunction) ….. 92 Checklist after driving off-road ..167 Resetting ……… 92 Checklist before driving off-road ..167 Panorama sliding sunroof General information ……. 167 Important safety notes ….89 Important safety notes ….167 Parking ……….160 Traveling uphill …….
  • Page 17
    Index Program selector button ….151 Remote control Protection of the environment Garage door opener ……. 291 Programming (garage door opener) 291 General notes ……..22 Reporting safety defects ….27 Pulling away Reserve (fuel tank) Automatic transmission ….143 see Fuel Reserve fuel Display message ……
  • Page 18
    Index Belt force limiters ……58 Side marker lamp (display center rear-compartment seat ..57 message) ……….241 Cleaning ……… 309 Side windows Correct usage ……..55 Cleaning ……… 306 Emergency Tensioning Devices ..58 Convenience closing feature …. 88 Fastening ………
  • Page 19
    Index SPORT handling mode Switching air-recirculation mode Activating/deactivating (AMG on/off ……….136 vehicles) ………. 68 Switching off the alarm (ATA) …. 71 see SRS (Supplemental Restraint System) Tachometer ……..216 SRS (Supplemental Restraint Tailgate System) Display message ……254 Display message ……235 Emergency unlocking …….
  • Page 20
    Index Vehicle remote malfunction Direction of rotation …… 352 diagnosis ……..289 Display message ……252 Vehicle remote unlocking ….288 Distribution of the vehicle Telephone occupants (definition) ….352 Accepting a call ……223 DOT, Tire Identification Number Display message ……255 (TIN) ……….
  • Page 21
    Index Tire bead (definition) …… 351 Trailer coupling Tire pressure (definition) ….351 see Towing a trailer Tire pressures (recommended) ..349 Trailer loads and drawbar Tire size (data) ……. 357 noseweights ……..212 Tire size designation, load-bearing Trailer towing capacity, speed rating ….
  • Page 22
    Index Overview ………. 32 PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF Vanity mirror (in the sun visor) ..279 indicator lamp ……..47 Vehicle Reserve fuel ……..264 Data acquisition ……. 28 Seat belt ……..257 Display message ……254 SRS ……….263 Emergency locking ……
  • Page 23: Index

    Index Winter tires M+S tires ……..330 Wiper blades Cleaning ……… 306 Important safety notes ….121 Replacing (rear window) ….122 Replacing (windshield) ….122 Wooden trim (cleaning instructions) 309 Workshops see Qualified specialist workshop…

  • Page 24: Protection Of The Environment General Notes

    Fuel consumption and the rate of engine, will help to protect the environment. transmission, brake and tire wear are affected by these factors: Genuine Mercedes-Benz parts operating conditions of your vehicle your personal driving style Environmental note You can influence both factors. You should…

  • Page 25: Service And Warranty Information

    Use This also applies to safety-related systems only genuine Mercedes-Benz parts or parts of and functions. The equipment in your vehicle equal quality. Only use tires, wheels and…

  • Page 26: Maintenance

    Booklet with you when you bring the vehicle Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or its to an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. The authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix service advisor will record every service for one or more substantial defects or you in the Service and Warranty Booklet.

  • Page 27
    Delivery Program. For details, consult an system failures. There is a risk of an accident. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write to one of the following addresses. Always have the prescribed service/ maintenance work as well as any required…
  • Page 28: Declarations Of Conformity

    Introduction Declarations of conformity networked components. In particular, systems relevant to safety could also be Vehicle components which receive affected. As a result, these may no longer and/or transmit radio waves function as intended and/or jeopardize the operating safety of the vehicle. There is an USA: «The wireless devices of this vehicle increased risk of an accident and injury.

  • Page 29: Customer Relations Department

    Introduction again with a Mercedes-Benz Center or Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are contact us at one of the following addresses. stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter In the USA the driver’s footwell. Install the floormats…

  • Page 30: Data Acquisition

    Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty or by the opensource New or Used-Vehicle Warranty. Data stored in the vehicle Information about electronic data…

  • Page 31
    Dashboard ……….. 30 Instrument cluster ……31 Multifunction steering wheel ….. 33 Center console ……..34 Overhead control panel …… 36 Door control panel ……37…
  • Page 32
    Dashboard Dashboard Function Page Function Page Steering wheel paddle Adjusting the steering shifters wheel manually Combination switch Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Instrument cluster Cruise control lever Horn Parking brake PARKTRONIC warning display Diagnostics connection Overhead control panel Opening the hood Operating the climate Releasing the parking brake control systems…
  • Page 33: Fuel Gauge

    Instrument cluster Instrument cluster Displays and controls Function Page Function Page Fuel gauge Multifunction display Coolant temperature Tachometer Speedometer with segments Adjust the instrument cluster lighting using the on-board computer page 227).

  • Page 34: Warning And Indicator Lamps

    Instrument cluster Warning and indicator lamps Function Page Function Page ® % Diesel engine: ÷ ESP preglow · Distance warning ? Coolant ® å ESP K High-beam $ Brakes (USA only) headlamps J Brakes (Canada only) L Low-beam headlamps #! Turn signals T Parking lamps ! ABS R Rear fog lamp…

  • Page 35
    Multifunction steering wheel Multifunction steering wheel Function Page Function Page Multifunction display Selects a menu Audio/COMAND display; see the separate operating Selects a submenu or instructions scrolls through lists Switches on the Voice Confirms your selection Control System; see the Hides display messages separate operating instructions…
  • Page 36: Upper Section

    Center console Center console Center console, upper section Function Page Function Page £ Hazard warning c Seat heating lamps ¤ ECO start/stop ATA indicator lamp function 45 Indicator lamp c PARKTRONIC ® å ESP COMAND; see the separate operating instructions…

  • Page 37: Center Console Lower Section

    Center console Center console, lower section Function Page Function Page Stowage compartment Stowage compartment Ashtray Audio/COMAND Cigarette lighter controller; see the separate Socket operating instructions Cup holder…

  • Page 38: Overhead Control Panel

    Overhead control panel Overhead control panel Function Page Function Page u Switches the rear- Integrated electronic compass compartment interior lighting on/off Buttons for the garage door opener | Switches the automatic interior lighting Microphone for mbrace control on/off (emergency call system), telephone and the Voice p Switches the right- Control System…

  • Page 39: Control Panel

    Door control panel Door control panel Function Page Function Page Opens the door 7 Adjusts the exterior mirrors %& Unlocks/locks the vehicle W Opens/closes the front side windows Adjusts the seats electrically W Opens/closes the rear side windows r45= Stores settings for the seat, n Activates/ exterior mirrors and deactivates the override…

  • Page 41
    Useful information ……40 Panic alarm ………. 40 Occupant safety ……..40 Children in the vehicle ……58 Driving safety systems ……. 64 Theft deterrent locking system ..71…
  • Page 42: Useful Information

    Occupant safety Useful information Occupant safety Overview of occupant safety This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional In this section, you will learn the most equipment of your vehicle available at the important facts about the restraint system time of publication of the Operator’s components of the vehicle.

  • Page 43: Occupant Safety

    If it is necessary to modify an air bag system Belt force limiters to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center SRS reduces the risk of occupants coming for details. USA only: for further information into contact with the vehicle’s interior in the contact our Customer Assistance center at event of an accident.

  • Page 44: Important Safety Notes

    Fasten your seat belt and make sure abrasions or other, potentially more serious that it is correctly positioned on your body. injuries resulting from air bag deployment. If you sell your vehicle, Mercedes-Benz strongly recommends that you inform the…

  • Page 45
    If sized child restraint, infant you have any difficulties, please contact an restraint, or booster seat authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. recommended for the size and do not lean your head or chest close to the weight of the child.
  • Page 46: Knee Bag

    Occupant safety It is important to your safety and that of your deployment threshold is exceeded within a passenger to have deployed air bags replaced few milliseconds. and to have any malfunctioning air bags The deployment of the front-passenger front repaired.

  • Page 47: Side Impact Air Bag

    Only use seat covers which have been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your Side impact air bags : will not deploy in side vehicle model. Using seat covers or other seat…

  • Page 48: Pelvis Air Bag

    The pelvis air bag on the front-passenger side Only use seat covers which have been tested is not deployed in the following situations: and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your OCS has detected that the front-passenger vehicle model. Using seat covers or other seat seat is unoccupied.

  • Page 49: Indicator Lamp

    Occupant safety deployment can offer additional protection For safety reasons, Mercedes-Benz to that provided by the seat belt recommends that you only use seat accessories that have been approved by independently of the front air bags Mercedes-Benz. Window curtain air bags : will not deploy in…

  • Page 50
    Occupant safety weight sensor readings from the front- recommended for the size and weight of the passenger seat, remain illuminated or go out. child. With the 45 indicator lamp The infant or child restraint must be properly illuminated, the front-passenger front air bag secured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seat is deactivated.
  • Page 51
    Have the system checked by qualified air bag may or may not be activated. technicians as soon as possible. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. If the driver’s air bag deploys, this does not Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an mean that the front-passenger front air bag authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.
  • Page 52: System Self-Test

    WARNING If the 4 5 indicator lamp does not illuminate, the system is not functioning. You must contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat. For further information, see «Problems with the Occupant Classification System»…

  • Page 53
    The OCS is malfunctioning. indicator lamp lights up Have the OCS checked as soon as possible at an authorized and stays on. Mercedes-Benz Center. The person on the Observe the additional display messages in the multifunction front-passenger seat: display ( page 238).
  • Page 54
    Occupant safety NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK- ® PRE-SAFE (anticipatory occupant PRO luxury head restraints protection system) NECK-PRO head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury WARNING head restraints increase protection of the ® The PRE-SAFE system reduces the impact of driver’s and front-passenger’s head and an accident on vehicle occupants, as long as neck.
  • Page 55
    = head restraints/NECK-PRO luxury head until the cushion engages. restraints checked at an authorized Repeat this procedure for the second Mercedes-Benz Center after a rear-end NECK-PRO head restraint. collision. NECK-PRO luxury head restraints WARNING…
  • Page 56
    Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. Only use seat belts which have been approved Always make sure all of your passengers are by Mercedes-Benz. properly restrained. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts. Do not make any modifications to the seat belts.
  • Page 57
    Occupant safety Correct use of the seat belts Position the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If WARNING the lap belt is positioned across your USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY abdomen, it could cause serious injuries in a crash.
  • Page 58: Fastening

    Occupant safety of your shoulder and the lap section across Never attempt to make modifications to seat your pelvis. belts. This could impair the effectiveness of Engage belt tongue ; in buckle =. the seat belts. If necessary, adjust the seat belt to the Fastening seat belts appropriate height ( page 56).

  • Page 59: Releasing

    Occupant safety Damaged seat belts can no longer fulfill their protective function and must be replaced. Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Belt warning for the driver and front passenger Regardless of whether the driver’s and front- passenger seat belts have already been fastened, the 7 seat belt warning lamp lights up for six seconds each time the engine Adjust the height so that the upper part of the…

  • Page 60: In The Vehicle

    These are available at any These take on a part of the deceleration force. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. They take on a part of the deceleration force, ! If the front-passenger seat is not…

  • Page 61: Children In The Vehicle

    Children in the vehicle restraint system at all times while the vehicle properly and use an appropriately sized infant is in motion. restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat The use of seat belts and infant and child recommended for the size and weight of the restraint systems is required by law in all 50 child.

  • Page 62
    Children in the vehicle recommended for the child’s age and 4 5 indicator lamp goes out or weight. remains out, do not transport a child on the Make sure that the infant or child is front passenger seat until the system has properly secured at all times while the been repaired.
  • Page 63: Special Seat Belt Retractor

    Children in the vehicle Special seat belt retractor A booster seat may be necessary to achieve proper seat belt positioning for children over All seat belts except the driver’s seat belt are 41 lb (18 kg) until they reach a height where equipped with a special seat belt retractor.

  • Page 64: Top Tether

    Children in the vehicle Install the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system. Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions when installing the LATCH-type (ISOFIX) child restraint system. Top Tether WARNING Always lock the rear seat backrests in their upright position when the rear seats are Move head restraint : upwards.

  • Page 65: Child-Proof Locks Important Safety Notes

    Children in the vehicle vehicle is unlocked, the door can be opened Child-proof locks from the outside. Important safety notes WARNING When leaving the vehicle, always remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. Always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle. Do not leave children unattended in the vehicle, even if they are secured in a child restraint system, or with access to an…

  • Page 66: Abs (Anti-Lock Braking System)

    Driving safety systems operation is possible using the switches in ABS (Anti-lock Braking System) the rear compartment. Important safety notes Observe the «Important safety notes» Driving safety systems section ( page 64). Overview of driving safety systems WARNING If ABS is faulty, the wheels could lock when In this section, you will find information about braking.

  • Page 67: Driving Safety Systems

    Driving safety systems functions as a reminder to take extra care BAS PLUS provides braking assistance in while driving. hazardous situations at speeds greater than 4 mph (7 km/h). At speeds of up to approximately 40 mph BAS (Brake Assist System) (70 km/h), BAS PLUS can also detect stationary objects.

  • Page 68: Ets/4Ets

    Driving safety systems ETS/4ETS (Electronic Traction System) there are strong radar reflections, for example in parking garages Observe the «Important safety notes» a narrow vehicle traveling in front, e.g. a section ( page 64). motorbike ® ETS/4ETS traction control is part of ESP a vehicle traveling in front on a different line Traction control brakes the drive wheels relative to the center of your vehicle…

  • Page 69
    Driving safety systems If the ÷ warning lamp and the å WARNING ® warning lamp are lit continuously, ESP is not ® ® If you deactivate ESP , ESP no longer available due to a malfunction. stabilizes the vehicle. There is an increased Observe the information on warning lamps risk of skidding and an accident.
  • Page 70
    Driving safety systems Driving in SPORT handling mode or without ® If you deactivate ESP ® requires an extremely qualified and ® no longer improves driving stability. experienced driver. the engine’s torque is no longer limited and ® Activate ESP as soon as the situations the drive wheels are able to spin.
  • Page 71: Electronic Brake Force Distribution

    Driving safety systems controlled manner. The spinning of the the vehicle/trailer combination has wheels results in a cutting action, which stabilized. provides better grip. Trailer stabilization is active above speeds of about 40 mph (65 km/h). ® still provides support when you brake.

  • Page 72
    Driving safety systems reduce the effects of such a collision. If PRE- ® If you approach an obstacle and PRE-SAFE ® SAFE Brake has detected a risk of collision, Brake detects a risk of a collision, the system you will be warned visually and acoustically will alert you both visually and acoustically.
  • Page 73: Theft Deterrent Locking System

    Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz In order to maintain an appropriate distance Center or call 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (in the from the vehicle in front and thus prevent a USA) or 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada).

  • Page 74
    Theft deterrent locking system If the alarm stays on for more than To stop the alarm using KEYLESS-GO: grasp the outside door handle. The 30 seconds, the mbrace emergency call SmartKey must be outside the vehicle. system (USA only) or the Tele Aid system The alarm is switched off.
  • Page 75
    Useful information ……74 SmartKey ……….74 Doors ………… 79 Cargo compartment ……82 Side windows ……..86 Sliding sunroof ……..89…
  • Page 76: Useful Information

    SmartKey Useful information WARNING If you attach heavy or large objects to the This Operator’s Manual describes all SmartKey, the SmartKey could be models and all standard and optional unintentionally turned in the ignition lock. This equipment of your vehicle available at the could cause the engine to be switched off.

  • Page 77: Locking

    SmartKey functions of KEYLESS-GO with those of a conventional SmartKey. Unlock the vehicle by using KEYLESS-GO, for instance, and lock it using the & button on the SmartKey. When locking or unlocking with KEYLESS-GO, the distance between the SmartKey and the corresponding door handle must not be greater than 3 ft (1 m).

  • Page 78: Mechanical Key

    To lock centrally: touch the outer sensor surface on one of the door handles Important safety notes page 75). Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have To restore the factory settings: press the batteries replaced at a qualified specialist and hold down the % and & buttons workshop.

  • Page 79: Replacing

    SmartKey Checking the battery Press mechanical key ; into the SmartKey opening in the direction of the arrow until battery compartment cover : opens. Do not hold battery compartment cover : closed while doing so. Remove battery compartment cover :. Press the &…

  • Page 80: Loss

    SmartKey Problems with the SmartKey Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You cannot lock or The SmartKey battery is discharged or nearly discharged. unlock the vehicle Try again to lock/unlock the vehicle using the remote control using the SmartKey. function of the SmartKey. Point the tip of the SmartKey at the driver’s door handle from close range and press the % or &…

  • Page 81: Important Safety Notes

    Doors Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions You have lost the Report the loss immediately to the vehicle insurers. mechanical key. If necessary, have the locks changed as well. The engine cannot be The on-board voltage is too low. started using the Switch off non-essential consumers, e.g.

  • Page 82
    Doors If the vehicle has been locked with the SmartKey or with KEYLESS-GO, opening a door from the inside will trigger the anti-theft alarm system. Switch off the alarm page 71). To unlock: press button :. To lock: press button ;. If the front-passenger door is closed, the vehicle locks.
  • Page 83: Doors

    Doors You could therefore be locked out if: the vehicle is being pushed. the vehicle is being towed. the vehicle is on a roller dynamometer. Turn the mechanical key counter-clockwise to position 1. The door is unlocked. Turn the mechanical key back and remove To deactivate: press and hold button : Insert the mechanical key into the for about five seconds until a tone sounds.

  • Page 84: Opening/Closing (From Outside)

    Cargo compartment that there is sufficient clearance above and behind the tailgate. Tailgate opening dimensions page 373). You should preferably place luggage or loads in the cargo compartment. Observe the loading guidelines ( page 270). Do not leave the SmartKey in the cargo compartment.

  • Page 85: Cargo Compartment

    Cargo compartment Pull handle :. Use one of the following options to stop the closing process: Raise the tailgate. press the F button on the SmartKey. Vehicles with the EASY-PACK tailgate: if you pull handle : and keep it in this position, press the remote operating switch on the you can open the tailgate manually.

  • Page 86: Opening/Closing (Automatically From Inside)

    Cargo compartment Closing The tailgate can only be opened and closed with the SmartKey if it is not in the WARNING ignition lock. Parts of the body could become trapped If the tailgate touches an object while during automatic closing of the tailgate. closing, the closing procedure is Moreover, people, e.g.

  • Page 87: Limiting The Opening Angle

    Cargo compartment ! The tailgate swings upwards and to the Activating rear when opened. Therefore, make sure To open the tailgate: pull the handle on that there is sufficient clearance above and the tailgate. behind the tailgate. To stop the opening procedure at the Tailgate opening dimensions desired position: press the closing button page 373).

  • Page 88: Side Windows

    Side windows Opening WARNING If children operate the side windows they could become trapped, particularly if they are left unsupervised. There is a risk of injury. Activate the override feature for the rear side windows. When leaving the vehicle, always take the SmartKey with you and lock the vehicle.

  • Page 89: Side Windows

    Side windows Turn the SmartKey to position 1 or 2 in the WARNING ignition lock. The reversing feature does not react: To open: press the corresponding switch. to soft, light and thin objects, e.g. small To close: pull the corresponding switch. fingers If you press the switch beyond the point over the last 4 mm of the closing movement…

  • Page 90: Convenience Closing Feature

    Side windows Press and hold the % button again until The side windows and the sliding sunroof or the panorama roof with power tilt/ the panorama roof with power tilt/sliding sliding panel open. panel is in the desired position. To interrupt convenience opening: Using the SmartKey release the % button.

  • Page 91: Sliding Sunroof

    Sliding sunroof panorama roof with power tilt/sliding Problems with the side windows panel are fully closed. Problem: a side window cannot be closed Make sure you only touch recessed because it is blocked by objects, e.g. sensor surface :. leaves in the window guide. Make sure that all the side windows and the Remove the objects.

  • Page 92
    Sliding sunroof Sliding sunroof reversing feature WARNING While opening and closing the sliding sunroof, The sliding sunroof is equipped with an body parts in close proximity could become automatic reversing feature. If a solid object trapped. There is a risk of injury. blocks or restricts the sliding sunroof during Make sure that no body parts are in close the closing process, the sliding sunroof opens…
  • Page 93: Roller Sunblinds

    Sliding sunroof Operating the sliding sunroof the roller sunblind and the frame or sliding sunroof. There is a risk of injury. When opening or closing make sure that no parts of the body are in the sweep of the roller sunblind.

  • Page 94: Resetting

    Sliding sunroof Opening and closing Press the 3 button to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow ; until the roller sunblinds are open approximately 4 in (10 cm). Pull the 3 switch repeatedly to the point of resistance in the direction of arrow = until the roller sunblinds are fully closed.

  • Page 95
    Sliding sunroof If the sliding sunroof is obstructed during closing and reopens again slightly: Immediately after the sliding sunroof blocks, pull the 3 switch in the overhead control panel down to the point of resistance and hold it until the sliding sunroof is closed.
  • Page 97
    Useful information ……96 Correct driver’s seat position …. 96 Seats ………… 97 Steering wheel ……..102 Mirrors ……….103 Memory function ……106…
  • Page 98: Useful Information

    Correct driver’s seat position you have moved the backrest to an almost Useful information vertical position. you have set the seat cushion angle so that This Operator’s Manual describes all your thighs are gently supported. models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the you can depress the pedals properly.

  • Page 99: Seats

    Seats settings with the memory function WARNING page 106). Your seat belt must be adjusted so that you can correctly fasten your seat belt. Observe the following points: Seats adjust the seat backrest until your arms are Important safety notes slightly angled when holding the steering wheel.

  • Page 100: Adjusting The Seats

    Seats Adjusting the seats Adjust the head restraint so that it is as close to the head as possible and the center of the Vehicles without Memory function: the head restraint supports the back of the head seats can be adjusted within three minutes at eye level.

  • Page 101: Head Restraints Adjusting

    Seats Adjusting the head restraints Seat fore-and-aft adjustment electrically Backrest angle To adjust the head restraint height: slide Head restraint height the switch for head restraint adjustment You can store the seat settings using the page 98) up or down in the direction of memory function ( page 106).

  • Page 102: Adjusting Lumbar Support

    Seats Adjusting the rear seat head restraint Installing/removing the rear seat head height restraints WARNING Occupants should only travel sitting on seats which have the head restraints installed. This reduces the risk of injury to occupants in the event of an accident. Once the head restraint is fully lowered, press release catch :.

  • Page 103: Adjusting The 4-Way Lumbar Support

    Seats Move adjustment lever : in the direction of the arrow until the desired backrest contour is achieved. Adjusting the 4-way lumbar support You can adjust the contour of the front seat backrests individually to provide optimum support for your back. Driver’s and front-passenger seat The system automatically switches down from level 3 to level 2 after approximately…

  • Page 104: Steering Wheel

    Steering wheel Steering wheel Adjusting the steering wheel electrically Important safety notes WARNING Do not adjust the steering wheel while driving. Adjusting the steering wheel while driving, or driving without the steering wheel adjustment feature locked could cause the driver to lose control of the vehicle.

  • Page 105: Mirrors

    Mirrors also automatically moved to the previously thereby unintentionally activate the EASY- set position. ENTRY/EXIT feature and become trapped. The last position of the steering wheel is stored when you switch off the ignition or WARNING when you store the setting with the memory Let the system complete the adjustment function ( page 106).

  • Page 106: Setting

    Mirrors Folding the exterior mirrors in or out accident, e.g. when changing lane. For this electrically reason, make sure of the actual distance from the vehicle driving behind by glancing over This function is only available in vehicles for your shoulder. Canada.

  • Page 107: Storing The Parking Position

    Mirrors If the «Fold in mirrors when locking» function The rear-view mirror and the exterior mirror is activated in the on-board computer on the driver’s side automatically go into anti- page 230): glare mode if the following conditions are met simultaneously: the exterior mirrors fold in automatically as soon as you lock the vehicle from the…

  • Page 108: Memory Function

    Memory function Engage reverse gear. The exterior mirror on the front-passenger The exterior mirror on the front-passenger side moves back to its original position: side moves to the preset parking position. as soon as you exceed a speed of 9 mph Use adjustment button = to adjust the (15 km/h) exterior mirror to a position that allows you…

  • Page 109
    Memory function Adjust the seat ( page 98). On the driver’s side, adjust the steering wheel ( page 102) and the exterior mirrors page 103). Briefly press the M memory button and then press storage position button 1, 2 or 3 within three seconds.
  • Page 111
    Useful information ……110 Exterior lighting …….. 110 Interior lighting ……… 115 Replacing bulbs ……… 116 Windshield wipers ……120…
  • Page 112: Useful Information

    ( page 27). Exterior lighting General notes For reasons of safety, Mercedes-Benz recommends that you drive with the lights switched on even during the daytime. In some countries, operation of the headlamps varies due to legal requirements and self-imposed Left-hand standing lamps obligations.

  • Page 113: Exterior Lighting

    Exterior lighting Automatic headlamp mode turn the light switch to T, you turn on the daytime running lamps and parking lamps. WARNING If the engine is running and you turn the light When the light switch is set to Ã, the low- switch to L, the manual settings take beam headlamps may not be switched on precedence over the daytime running lamps.

  • Page 114: Combination Switch

    Exterior lighting with the parking lamps and low-beam To switch on: turn the light switch to headlamps. Depending on the equipment level, the To switch on the front fog lamps: turn green indicator lamp or the scale the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position illumination in the instrument cluster light 2 or start the engine.

  • Page 115: Active Light Function

    Exterior lighting High-beam headlamps The hazard warning lamps automatically switch on if: To switch on the high-beam headlamps: an air bag is deployed. turn the SmartKey in the ignition lock to position 2 or start the engine. the vehicle is slowed down rapidly from a speed of over 45 mph (70 km/h) and Turn the light switch to L or Ã.

  • Page 116: Cornering Light Function

    Exterior lighting The active light function is a system that Adaptive Highbeam Assist moves the headlamps according to the WARNING steering movements of the front wheels. In this way, relevant areas remain illuminated Adaptive Highbeam Assist does not recognize while driving. This allows you to recognize road users: pedestrians, cyclists and animals.

  • Page 117: Interior Lighting

    Interior lighting indicator lamp in the instrument cluster stays on. To deactivate: move the combination switch back to its normal position. The _ indicator lamp in the instrument cluster goes out. Headlamps fogged up on the inside The headlamps may fog up on the inside if there is high atmospheric humidity.

  • Page 118: Crash-Responsive Emergency Lighting

    Replacing bulbs ignition lock. You can activate this delayed c Switches the front interior lighting switch-off using the on-board computer on/off page 228). p Switches the left-hand front reading lamp on/off Manual interior lighting control To switch the front interior lighting on/ off: press the c button.

  • Page 119: Replacing Bulbs

    Replacing bulbs observed, the lights must be switched on before starting the engine. Bulbs and lamps are an important aspect of vehicle safety. You must therefore make sure that these function correctly at all times. Have the headlamp setting checked regularly. Other bulbs WARNING Bulbs, lamps and connectors can get very hot…

  • Page 120: High-Beam Headlamps

    Replacing bulbs Changing the front bulbs They can explode when being changed if: they are still hot Low-beam headlamps (halogen they hit an object when being removed headlamps) they are dropped WARNING There is a risk of injury. These bulbs are pressurized. You should wear eye protection and clean They can explode when being changed if: gloves when you are changing a bulb.

  • Page 121: Opening And Closing The Side Trim Panels

    Replacing bulbs Grip the back of lever extension ; and pull necessary, have bulbs changed at a qualified it out in a straight line. specialist workshop. Take the bulb out of lever extension ;. Insert the new bulb into lever extension ;.

  • Page 122
    Windshield wipers Right-hand side trim panel Backup lamp :: remove the bulb from To open: turn release knob : 90° in the bulb holder. direction of the arrow and remove side trim Insert the new bulb into the bulb holder. panel ;.
  • Page 123: Rear Window Wiper

    Windshield wipers Switching the rear window wiper on/ Combination switch $ Windshield wiper off Ä Intermittent wipe, low Combination switch Å Intermittent wipe, high è Switch ° Continuous wipe, slow ô To wipe with washer fluid ¯ Continuous wipe, fast I To switch on intermittent wiping í…

  • Page 124: Windshield Wipers

    Mercedes-Benz recommends that you have the wiper blades changed at a qualified specialist workshop. ! To avoid damaging the wiper blades, make sure that you touch only the wiper arm of the wiper.

  • Page 125
    Windshield wipers Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. Fold wiper arm : away from the rear window until it engages. Position wiper blade ; at a right angle to wiper arm :. Hold wiper arm : and press wiper blade ;…
  • Page 126
    Windshield wipers Problems with the windshield wipers Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The windshield wipers Leaves or snow, for example, may be obstructing the windshield are jammed. wiper movement. The wiper motor has been deactivated. For safety reasons, you should remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock.
  • Page 127: Climate Control

    Useful information ……126 Overview of climate control sys- tems ……….. 126 Operating the climate control sys- tems ……….. 131 Setting the air vents ……137…

  • Page 128: Useful Information

    Overview of climate control systems The integrated filter can filter out most Useful information particles of dust, and completely filters out pollen. A clogged filter reduces the amount This Operator’s Manual describes all of air supplied to the vehicle interior. For models and all standard and optional this reason, you should always observe the equipment of your vehicle available at the…

  • Page 129: Dual-Zone Automatic Climate Control

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for dual-zone automatic climate control Canada only To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch the ZONE function on/off ( page 134) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131) To switch the rear window defroster on/off ( page 135)

  • Page 130: Climate Control

    Overview of climate control systems USA only To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch maximum cooling on/off ( page 135) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131) To switch the rear window defroster on/off ( page 135) To set the temperature, right (…

  • Page 131
    Overview of climate control systems ECO start/stop function During automatic engine switch-off, the ECO start/stop function only operates at a reduced capacity. If you require the full climate control output, you can switch off the ECO start/stop function by pressing the ECO button ( page 146).
  • Page 132: Rear Control Panel

    Overview of climate control systems Control panel for 3-zone automatic climate control Canada only Front control panel To set the temperature, left ( page 133) To defrost the windshield ( page 134) To switch the residual heat function on/off ( page 136) To switch cooling with air dehumidification on/off ( page 131)

  • Page 133: Operating The Climate Control Sys- Tems

    Operating the climate control systems Notes on using 3-zone automatic Operating the climate control climate control systems Switching climate control on/off Automatic climate control The following contains instructions and Points to observe before use recommendations to enable you to get the When the climate control is switched off, the most out of your automatic climate control.

  • Page 134: Air Flow

    Operating the climate control systems dehumidified according to the temperature conditions are warm. The windows can fog up selected. more quickly. Only deactivate the cooling with air dehumidification function for a short Condensation may drip from the underside of time to prevent the windows from fogging up. the vehicle when it is in cooling mode.

  • Page 135: Setting The Air Distribution

    Operating the climate control systems Turn control : clockwise or counter- Setting the temperature clockwise ( page 130). Dual-zone automatic climate control Only change the temperature setting in small increments. Start at 72 ‡ (22 †). Different temperatures can be set for the driver’s and front-passenger sides.

  • Page 136: Defrosting The Windshield

    Operating the climate control systems Adjusting To deactivate: press the á button. The indicator lamp in the á button goes Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the out. ignition lock ( page 141). Dual-zone automatic climate control: the Press the _ button repeatedly until the temperature setting for the driver’s side is desired symbol appears in the display.

  • Page 137: Defrosting The Windows

    Operating the climate control systems Windows fogged up on the outside Press the à button. The indicator lamp in the ¬ button goes Activate the windshield wipers. out. Airflow and air distribution are set to Press the _ button repeatedly until the automatic mode.

  • Page 138: Problem With The Rear Window Defroster

    Operating the climate control systems Problems with the rear window defroster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear window The battery has not been sufficiently charged. defroster has Switch off any consumers that are not required, e.g. reading deactivated lamps, interior lighting or the seat heating.

  • Page 139: Important Safety Notes

    Setting the air vents Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the Setting the center air vents ignition lock ( page 141) or remove it. To activate: press the Ì button. The indicator lamp in the Ì button lights If the residual heat function is activated, the windows may fog up on the inside.

  • Page 140: Rear

    Setting the air vents to cool its contents. The level of airflow Rear control panel, only with 3-zone depends on the airflow and air distribution automatic climate control settings. Rear-compartment air vent, left ! Close the air vent when heating the To open/close: turn thumbwheel : up or vehicle.

  • Page 141
    Useful information ……140 Notes on breaking-in a new vehicle 140 Driving ……….140 Automatic transmission ….148 Refueling ……….154 Parking ……….160 Driving tips ……..162 Driving systems …….. 169 Towing a trailer ……… 208…
  • Page 142: Useful Information

    Driving If possible, do not depress the accelerator Useful information pedal past the point of resistance (kickdown). This Operator’s Manual describes all Only select shift ranges 3, 2 or 1 when models and all standard and optional driving slowly, e.g. in mountainous terrain. equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s After 1,000 miles (1,500 km), you can…

  • Page 143: Start/Stop Button

    Driving Ignition (power supply for all consumers) for example, the power steering and the brake and drive position boosting effect. You will require considerably more effort to steer and brake. There is a risk To start the engine of an accident. The steering is locked when you remove the Do not switch off the ignition while driving.

  • Page 144
    Driving started with the Start/Stop button if the If you then open the driver’s door when in SmartKey is in the vehicle. Electrically this position, the power supply is powered equipment can be operated. deactivated. Position 2: (ignition): press Start/Stop button : twice.
  • Page 145: Pulling Away

    Driving page 141) and release it as soon as the is a risk of fatal injury. Therefore never leave engine is running. the engine running in enclosed spaces To start a diesel engine: turn the without sufficient ventilation. SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock WARNING page 141).

  • Page 146: Eco Start/Stop Function

    Driving When engaging transmission position D or R, WARNING always firmly depress the brake pedal and do After a short time, hill start assist will no not simultaneously accelerate. longer brake your vehicle and it could roll away. There is a risk of an accident and injury. It is only possible to shift the transmission Therefore, quickly move your foot from the from position P to the desired position if…

  • Page 147: Automatic Engine Switch-Off

    Driving Every time you switch on the engine using the automatic engine switch-off is again SmartKey or the Start/Stop button, the ECO possible. start/stop function is activated. Vehicles with automatic transmission If the ECO start/stop function has been If the vehicle is braked to a standstill in D or manually deactivated ( page 146) or a N, the ECO start/stop function switches off…

  • Page 148: Deactivating/Activating

    Driving If you shift the transmission from R to D, the ECO start/stop function is available again once the ¤ symbol reappears in green in the multifunction display. Deactivating/activating the ECO start/ stop function ECO button To switch off: press button :. Indicator lamp ;…

  • Page 149
    Driving Problems with the engine Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine does not There is a malfunction in the engine electronics. start. The starter motor There is a malfunction in the fuel supply. can be heard. Turn the SmartKey back to position 0 in the ignition lock before attempting to start the engine again.
  • Page 150: Direct Select Lever

    Automatic transmission Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The engine is not There is a malfunction in the engine electronics or in a mechanical running smoothly and component of the engine management system. is misfiring. Only depress the accelerator pedal slightly. Have the cause rectified immediately at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 151: Automatic Transmission

    Automatic transmission Transmission position and drive R, from R to D or directly to P. The program display automatic transmission could otherwise be damaged. Engaging park position P automatically Park position P is automatically engaged if: you switch off the engine using the SmartKey and remove the SmartKey you switch off the engine using the Start/ Stop button and open one of the front doors…

  • Page 152: Engaging Drive Position

    Automatic transmission Shift to neutral N. WARNING Release the brake pedal. If children are left unsupervised in the vehicle, they could: if the electric parking brake is applied, release it. open the doors, thus endangering other Switch off the ignition and leave the people or road users.

  • Page 153: Changing Gear

    Automatic transmission Driving tips Neutral Do not shift the transmission to N Kickdown while driving. The transmission Use kickdown for maximum acceleration. could otherwise be damaged. Depress the accelerator pedal beyond the No power is transmitted from the pressure point. engine to the drive wheels.

  • Page 154: Automatic Drive Program

    Automatic transmission increased sensitivity. This improves driving For further information on the automatic stability on slippery road surfaces, for drive program, see ( page 152). example Press program selector button : the automatic transmission shifting up repeatedly until the letter for the desired sooner.

  • Page 155
    Automatic transmission Restricting the shift range Pull the left-hand steering wheel paddle shifter. The automatic transmission shifts down one gear and restricts the shift range to the relevant gear. If the engine exceeds the maximum engine speed when shifting down, the automatic transmission protects against engine damage by not shifting down.
  • Page 156: Emergency Mode

    Refueling Problems with the transmission Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The transmission has The transmission is losing oil. problems shifting gear. Have the transmission checked at a qualified specialist workshop immediately. The acceleration ability The transmission is in emergency mode. is deteriorating.

  • Page 157: Refueling Process

    Refueling ! Overfilling the fuel tank could damage the If you or others come into contact with fuel, fuel system. observe the following: ! Take care not to spill any fuel on painted Wash away fuel from skin immediately surfaces. You could otherwise damage the using soap and water.

  • Page 158
    Refueling To open Switch the engine off. Remove the SmartKey from the ignition lock. KEYLESS-GO: open the driver’s door. This corresponds to key position 0: «key removed». The driver’s door can be closed again. Press the fuel filler flap in the direction of arrow :.
  • Page 159
    Refueling Problems with fuel and the fuel tank Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Fuel is leaking from the The fuel line or the fuel tank is faulty. vehicle. WARNING Risk of explosion or fire. Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the ignition lock and remove it immediately ( page 141).
  • Page 160: Adding

    BlueTEC exhaust gas gas aftertreatment and DEF is available at any aftertreatment system. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. ! Rinse surfaces that have come into contact with DEF immediately with water or remove DEF using a damp cloth and cold water.

  • Page 161
    Refueling residues crystallize after time and contaminate the affected surfaces. ! DEF is not a fuel additive and must not be added to the fuel tank. If DEF is added to the fuel tank, this can lead to engine damage. ! Only screw on the DEF refill bottle hand- tight.
  • Page 162: Switching Off

    Parking Replace DEF cover : as shown and turn it WARNING clockwise as far as it will go. If you leave children unsupervised in the Fold the cargo compartment floor down. vehicle, they could set it in motion by, for example: Close the tailgate.

  • Page 163: Parking Brake

    Parking Vehicles with automatic transmission WARNING If you leave children unsupervised in the Apply the parking brake firmly. vehicle, they could set it in motion by, for Shift the transmission to position P. example: Using the SmartKey releasing the parking brake Turn the SmartKey to position 0 in the shifting the automatic transmission out of ignition lock and remove it.

  • Page 164: Drinking And Driving

    Driving tips Connecting a trickle charger. a distance of 44 feet (approximately 14 m) per second. You can obtain information about trickle chargers from a qualified specialist Drive sensibly – save fuel workshop. If you leave the vehicle parked for longer than Observe the following tips to save fuel: six weeks, the vehicle may suffer damage as The tires should always be inflated to the…

  • Page 165
    ECO display. regular intervals and in accordance with the The evaluation of your driving style is carried Mercedes-Benz service requirements. Details out using the following three categories: can be found in the Maintenance Booklet. Acceleration…
  • Page 166: Driving Tips

    This could cause damage to the drive train. This type of damage is not Brake occasionally to remove any possible covered by the Mercedes-Benz warranty. salt residue. Make sure that you do not endanger other road users when doing so.

  • Page 167: Maintenance

    The brake fluid level may be too low due to for Mercedes-Benz vehicles or which are not brake pad wear or leaking brake lines. of an equivalent quality could affect your Have the brake system checked vehicle’s operating safety.

  • Page 168: Driving On Flooded Roads

    Driving tips Driving on wet roads There is an increased danger of skidding and accidents. Hydroplaning Do not shift down for additional engine If water has accumulated to a certain depth braking on a slippery road surface. on the road surface, there is a danger of hydroplaning occurring, even if: DANGER If the exhaust pipe is blocked or adequate…

  • Page 169: Off-Road Driving

    Driving tips Driving off-road increases the likelihood of For more information on driving with damage to the vehicle, which, in turn, can lead snow chains, see ( page 331). to failure of the mechanical assembly or The outside temperature indicator is not systems.

  • Page 170: Approach/Departure Angle

    Driving tips Driving on sand drive very slowly. try to drive straight over the center of Observe the following rules when driving on obstacles: front wheel first, then rear sand: wheel. select a shift range appropriate to the terrain. drive quickly to overcome the rolling Traveling uphill resistance.

  • Page 171: Driving Systems

    Driving systems lose control of the vehicle. If the gradient is Driving systems too steep for your vehicle, drive back down in Cruise Control reverse gear. Important safety notes Maximum gradient-climbing capability Cruise control maintains a constant road If the load on the front axle is reduced speed for you.

  • Page 172: Setting A Speed

    Driving systems Cruise control lever Storing the current speed or calling up the last stored speed WARNING If you call up the stored speed and it differs from the current speed, the vehicle accelerates or decelerates. If you do not know the stored speed, the vehicle could accelerate or brake unexpectedly.

  • Page 173: Deactivating

    Driving systems If DISTRONIC PLUS detects a slower-moving Cruise control is not deactivated if you vehicle in front, your vehicle is braked in order depress the accelerator pedal. For to maintain the preset distance to the vehicle example, if you accelerate briefly to in front.

  • Page 174
    Driving systems ! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function This speed may: is activated, the vehicle brakes be too high if you are driving in a filter lane automatically in certain situations. To or an exit lane prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate be so high when driving in the right-hand DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in lane that you overtake vehicles in the left-…
  • Page 175
    Driving systems Switching on DISTRONIC PLUS, storing Canada only: This device complies with and maintaining the current speed RSS-210 of Industry Canada. Operation is subject to the following two conditions: Activation conditions 1. This device may not cause harmful In order to activate DISTRONIC PLUS, the interference, and following conditions must be fulfilled: 2.
  • Page 176
    Driving systems display. The set distance to a slower- vehicle. In this way, the distance you have moving vehicle in front will then not be selected is maintained. maintained. You will be driving at the speed If DISTRONIC PLUS detects that the vehicle you determine by the position of the in front is driving faster, it accelerates your accelerator pedal.
  • Page 177: Setting The Specified Minimum Distance

    Driving systems up : or down ; beyond the pressure If you wish to exit the vehicle, always turn off point. DISTRONIC PLUS and secure the vehicle Every time the cruise control lever is against rolling away. pressed up : or down ;, the last speed Deactivating DISTRONIC PLUS stored is increased or reduced.

  • Page 178: Displays In The Multifunction Display

    Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS displays in the multifunction display General notes In the Assistance menu ( page 224) of the on-board computer, you can select the distance display. Display when DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated Select the Distance Display function using the on-board computer To increase: turn control ;…

  • Page 179: Distronic Plus

    Driving systems DISTRONIC PLUS is automatically deactivated if: you engage the parking brake you are driving slower than 15 mph (25 km/h) and there is no vehicle in front, or if the vehicle in front is no longer detected ® ®…

  • Page 180
    Driving systems Cornering, going into and coming out of a DISTRONIC PLUS has not detected the bend vehicle cutting in yet. The distance to this vehicle will be too short. Narrow vehicles The ability of DISTRONIC PLUS to detect vehicles when cornering is limited. Your vehicle may brake unexpectedly or late.
  • Page 181: Hold Function

    Driving systems ! If DISTRONIC PLUS or the HOLD function Crossing vehicles is activated, the vehicle brakes automatically in certain situations. To prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in the following or other similar situations: when towing the vehicle in the car wash Deactivate the HOLD function (…

  • Page 182: Parktronic

    Driving systems Activating the HOLD function to lock the vehicle, the tone becomes louder. The vehicle is not locked until the HOLD Make sure that the activation conditions function is deactivated. are met. If the engine has been switched off, it Depress the brake pedal.

  • Page 183: Range Of The Sensors

    Driving systems truck or a pneumatic drill could cause PARKTRONIC to malfunction. PARKTRONIC may not function correctly on uneven terrain. PARKTRONIC is activated automatically when you: switch on the ignition shift the transmission to position D, R or N release the parking brake PARKTRONIC is deactivated at speeds above Side view 11 mph (18 km/h).

  • Page 184: Warning Display

    Driving systems warning tone sounds. If the distance falls Transmission Warning display below the minimum, the distance may no position longer be shown. Front area activated Warning displays R, N or the vehicle Rear and front areas is rolling activated The warning displays show the distance backwards between the sensors and the obstacle.

  • Page 185: Parktronic

    Driving systems Towing a trailer ! Fold in the ball coupling if the trailer tow hitch is not required. PARKTRONIC measures the minimum detection range to an obstacle from the bumper, not the ball coupling. PARKTRONIC is deactivated for the rear area when you establish an electrical connection between your vehicle and a trailer.

  • Page 186: Active Parking Assist

    Driving systems Problems with PARKTRONIC Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Only the red segments PARKTRONIC has malfunctioned and has switched off. in the PARKTRONIC If problems persist, have PARKTRONIC checked at a qualified warning displays are lit. specialist workshop. You also hear a warning tone for approximately two seconds.

  • Page 187: Detecting Parking Spaces

    Driving systems Use Active Parking Assist for parking spaces: You may cause a collision as a result. There is a risk of an accident. that are parallel to the direction of travel If there are objects above the detection range, that are on straight roads, not bends stop and deactivate Active Parking Assist.

  • Page 188: Parking

    Driving systems A parking space is displayed while you are message appears in the multifunction driving past it, and until you are display. approximately 50 ft (15 m) away from it. Let go of the multifunction steering wheel. Back up the vehicle, being ready to brake Parking at all times.

  • Page 189: Exiting A Parking Space

    Driving systems Maneuver if necessary. Shift the transmission to position D or R. Start Park Assist? Yes: OK No: Always observe the warning messages % message appears in the multifunction displayed by PARKTRONIC ( page 182). display. Parking tips: To cancel the procedure: press the The way your vehicle is positioned in the % button on the multifunction steering parking space after parking is dependent…

  • Page 190: Towing A Trailer

    Driving systems Towing a trailer Once you have exited the parking space completely, the steering wheel is moved to For vehicles with a trailer tow hitch, the the straight-ahead position. You hear a tone minimum length for parking spaces is slightly and the Park Assist Finished message…

  • Page 191
    Driving systems General notes Engage reverse gear. The area behind the vehicle is shown in the COMAND display with guide lines. To change the function mode for vehicles with trailer tow hitch: using the COMAND controller, select symbol : for the «Reverse parking»…
  • Page 192
    Driving systems White guide line without turning the Additional messages for vehicles with PARKTRONIC steering wheel, vehicle width including Front warning display the exterior mirrors (static) Yellow guide line at a distance of Additional PARKTRONIC measurement approximately 13 ft (4.0 m) from the rear operational readiness indicator of the vehicle Rear warning display…
  • Page 193
    Driving systems Backing up straight into a parking space Reverse perpendicular parking with the without turning the steering wheel steering wheel at an angle White guide line without turning the Turning the steering wheel steering wheel, vehicle width including Yellow guide line for the vehicle width the exterior mirrors (static) including the exterior mirrors, for current steering wheel angle (dynamic)
  • Page 194
    Mercedes-Benz. Distances may differ if you use other ball couplings. In this case, take into account that actual distances will not match the following distance specifications.
  • Page 195
    Driving systems The 360° camera may show a distorted view of obstacles, show them incorrectly or not at all. It cannot show objects in the following areas: under the front bumper very close to the front bumper very close to the rear bumper under the rear bumper in close range above the handle on the trunk lid…
  • Page 196: Activation Conditions

    Driving systems Activation conditions The system analyzes images from the following cameras: The 360° camera image can be displayed if: rear view camera your vehicle is equipped with a 360° front camera camera two cameras in the exterior rear view COMAND is switched on, see the separate mirrors COMAND operating instructions…

  • Page 197
    Driving systems Activating the 360° camera using Top view with picture from the rear view reverse gear camera The 360° camera images can be automatically displayed by engaging reverse gear. Make sure that the SmartKey is in position 2 in the ignition lock. Make sure that the Activation by R gear…
  • Page 198
    Driving systems Top view with picture from the front Top view and enlarged rear view camera Symbol for the split screen setting with Symbol for the split screen setting with top view and rear view camera image top view and front camera image enlarged Yellow guide line at a distance of Red guide line at a distance of…
  • Page 199: Attention Assist

    Driving systems Top view with trailer view The full screen display can also be selected as front view. Exiting 360° camera display mode As soon as your vehicle exceeds a speed of 19 mph (30 km/h) with the function activated, the function switches off. The COMAND display switches back to the previously selected view.

  • Page 200: Blind Spot Assist

    Driving systems if you have adopted a sporty driving style ATTENTION ASSIST is reset when you with high cornering speeds or high rates of continue your journey and starts assessing acceleration your tiredness again if: if you are predominantly driving slower you switch off the engine.

  • Page 201
    Driving systems WARNING Blind Spot Assist does not react to: vehicles overtaken too closely on the side, placing them in the blind spot area vehicles being overtaken at a speed difference of more than 7.5 mph (12 km/h) vehicles which approach with a large speed differential and overtake your vehicle As a result, Blind Spot Assist may not give warnings in such situations.
  • Page 202: Lane Keeping Assist

    Driving systems Indicator and warning display Switching on Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist is not active at speeds below Make sure that the radar sensor system approximately 20 mph (30 km/h). Vehicles in page 229) and Blind Spot Assist the monitoring range are then not indicated.

  • Page 203
    Driving systems the road is narrow and winding WARNING there are strong shadows cast on the lane Lane Keeping Assist may not always clearly recognize lane markings. General notes In this case, Lane Keeping Assist may: Lane Keeping Assist monitors the area in give an unnecessary warning front of your vehicle with camera :, which is not give a warning…
  • Page 204: Active Driving Assistance Package

    Driving systems If you drive at speeds above 40 mph connection. This can be accomplished by (60 km/h) and lane markings are detected, checking the trailer lighting. symbol : is shown in green. Lane Keeping Assist is ready for use. Active Driving Assistance package Standard General notes…

  • Page 205
    Driving systems Monitoring range of the sensors WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not react to: WARNING Active Blind Spot Assist does not detect all vehicles overtaken too closely on the side, traffic situations and road users. There is a placing them in the blind spot area risk of an accident.
  • Page 206
    Driving systems be the case if there are vehicles driving at the If a vehicle is detected within the monitoring inner edge of their lanes. range of Active Blind Spot Assist at speeds above 20 mph (30 km/h), warning lamp : Due to the nature of the system: on the corresponding side lights up red.
  • Page 207: Active Lane Keeping Assist

    Driving systems out. This is meant to assist you in avoiding a Towing a trailer collision. When you attach a trailer, make sure you have The course-correcting brake application is correctly established the electrical available in the speed range between connection.

  • Page 208
    Driving systems Important safety notes the distance to the vehicle in front is too small and the lane markings thus cannot be If you fail to adapt your driving style, Active detected Lane Keeping Assist can neither reduce the risk of accident nor override the laws of the lane markings change quickly, e.g.
  • Page 209
    Driving systems a driving safety system intervenes, e.g. brake application, e.g. after intentionally ® ® , PRE-SAFE Brake or Active Blind driving over a solid lane marking. There is a Spot Assist. risk of an accident. you have adopted a sporty driving style with An inappropriate brake application may be high cornering speeds or high rates of interrupted at any time if you steer slightly in…
  • Page 210: Towing A Trailer

    Towing a trailer symbol : is shown in green. Active Lane WARNING Keeping Assist is ready for use. When the vehicle/trailer combination begins Standard is selected, no warning to lurch, you could lose control of it. The vibration occurs if: vehicle/trailer combination could even rollover.

  • Page 211: Driving Tips

    Further information on availability and on relevant country. installation is available from any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. For certain Mercedes-Benz vehicles, the maximum permissible rear axle load is The bumpers of your vehicle are not increased when towing a trailer. Refer to the suitable for installing detachable trailer «Technical data»…

  • Page 212: Coupling Up A Trailer

    Towing a trailer tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. This also applies if you have activated This helps to avoid damage to the vehicle. cruise control. This will use the braking effect of the engine, so that less braking will be required to…

  • Page 213
    Towing a trailer Leave enough play in the chains to make characteristics, you should practice the tight cornering possible. following in a traffic-free location: a separate brake system for certain types cornering of trailer. stopping a safety switch for braked trailers. Check backing up the specific legal requirements applicable Before driving, check:…
  • Page 214: Decoupling A Trailer

    B-pillar on the driver’s side of Make sure that the automatic transmission the vehicle. is set to position P. Mercedes-Benz recommends a trailer Apply the vehicle’s parking brake. load where the trailer drawbar noseweight…

  • Page 215: Removing

    Towing a trailer accounts for 8% to 15% of the trailer’s Trailer power supply permissible gross weight. The trailer socket of your vehicle is equipped The weight of other accessories, at the factory with a permanent power supply. passengers and loads reduces: The permanent power supply is supplied via trailer socket pin 4.

  • Page 217
    Useful information ……216 Important safety notes ….216 Displays and operation ….216 Menus and submenus …… 219 Display messages ……231 Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster ……257…
  • Page 218: Useful Information

    Displays and operation multifunction display. You should therefore Useful information make sure your vehicle is operating safely at all times. Otherwise, a vehicle that is not This Operator’s Manual describes all operating safely may cause an accident. models and all standard and optional For an overview, see the instrument panel equipment of your vehicle available at the illustration (…

  • Page 219: Operating The On-Board Computer

    Displays and operation Outside temperature display You should pay special attention to road conditions when temperatures are around freezing point. The outside temperature display is in the multifunction display ( page 218). Changes in the outside temperature are displayed after a short delay. Speedometer with segments The segments in the speedometer indicate which speed range is available.

  • Page 220
    Displays and operation Back button Press and hold: In the Audio menu: selects the Press briefly: previous/next station or selects Back an audio track or a video scene Switches off the Voice Control using rapid scrolling System; see the separate In the (Telephone) menu: operating instructions…
  • Page 221: Odometer

    Menus and submenus Text field : shows the selected menu or Trip menu submenu as well as display messages. Standard display You can set the time using the audio system or COMAND, see the separate operating instructions. The following messages may appear in the multifunction display: CRUISE Cruise control (…

  • Page 222: Digital Speedometer

    Menus and submenus Digital speedometer From Reset trip computer is automatically reset if the value exceeds 9,999 hours or 99,999 miles. Displaying the range and current fuel consumption Digital speedometer Press the = or ; button on the steering wheel to select the Trip menu.

  • Page 223: Menus And Submenus

    Menus and submenus Change of direction announced without a Navigation system menu lane recommendation Displaying navigation instructions In the Navi menu, the multifunction display shows navigation instructions. For more information, see the separate operating instructions. ® Switch on the audio system with Becker MAP PILOT or COMAND;…

  • Page 224: Operation

    Menus and submenus Other status indicators of the To select a stored station: briefly press navigation system the 9 or : button. To select a station from the station O: you have reached the destination or an list: press and briefly hold the 9 intermediate destination.

  • Page 225: Telephone Menu

    Menus and submenus Video DVD operation Switch on your mobile phone and audio system or COMAND, see the separate Switch on COMAND and select video DVD; operating instructions. see the separate operating instructions. ® Establish a Bluetooth connection to the Press the = or ;…

  • Page 226: Number From The Phone Book

    Menus and submenus Dialing a number from the phone book Assistance menu Press the = or ; button on the Introduction steering wheel to select the menu. Press the 9, : or a button to switch to the phone book. Press the 9 or : button to select the desired name.

  • Page 227: Activating/Deactivating

    Menus and submenus ® When ATTENTION ASSIST ( page 197) is Activating/deactivating PRE-SAFE activated, the À symbol appears in the Brake multifunction display when the ignition is on. ® PRE-SAFE Brake is only available in vehicles For further information about ATTENTION with DISTRONIC PLUS.

  • Page 228: Settings

    Menus and submenus When Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Changing the vehicle settings Keeping Assist is activated, the à symbol page 228) appears in the multifunction display when the Changing the convenience settings ignition is on. page 229) For further information about Lane Keeping Restoring the factory settings Assist, see ( page 200).

  • Page 229: Switching Adaptive Highbeam Assist On/Off

    Menus and submenus Selecting the permanent display function Setting the brightness of the display/ switch You can determine whether the multifunction display permanently shows your speed or the Press the = or ; button on the outside temperature. steering wheel to select the Sett.

  • Page 230: Activating/Deactivating The Interior Lighting Delayed Switch-Off

    Menus and submenus Press the : or 9 button to select the Activating/deactivating the interior lighting delayed switch-off Surround Lighting function. When the Surround Lighting function is If you activate the Light. Delay function, activated, the light cone and the area the interior lighting remains on for around the vehicle are displayed in red in 20 seconds after you remove the key from the…

  • Page 231: Convenience Submenu

    Menus and submenus Press the = or ; button on the While the EASY-ENTRY/EXIT feature is steering wheel to select the Sett. menu. making adjustments, make sure that no one has any body parts in the sweep of the seat Press the : or 9 button to select the and the steering wheel.

  • Page 232
    Menus and submenus Switching the fold-in mirrors when Press the : or 9 button to select locking feature on/off or Yes. This function is only available on vehicles with Press the a button to confirm the the memory function ( page 106).
  • Page 233: Display Messages

    Display messages Display messages General notes Display messages appear in the multifunction display. Display messages with graphic displays may be shown in simplified form in the Operator’s Manual and may therefore differ from the multifunction display. Please respond in accordance with the display messages and follow the additional notes in this Operator’s Manual.

  • Page 234: Instrument Cluster

    Display messages Safety systems Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions !÷ ® ABS (Anti-lock Braking System), ESP (Electronic Stability ® Program), BAS (Brake Assist), PRE-SAFE , the HOLD function, hill Currently ® start assist and ESP trailer stabilization are temporarily Unavailable See unavailable.

  • Page 235: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The braking distance in an emergency braking situation can thus increase. ® ® If ESP is not operational, ESP is unable to stabilize the vehicle. There is an increased risk of skidding and an accident. Carefully drive on a suitable stretch of road, making slight steering movements at a speed above 12 mph (20 km/h).

  • Page 236: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. (USA In addition, the $ (USA only)/J (Canada only) warning only) (Canada lamp lights up in the instrument cluster and a warning tone only) sounds.

  • Page 237: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions PRE-SAFE ® PRE-SAFE Brake is temporarily inoperative. Possible causes are: Functions function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Currently Limited the sensors in the radiator grill and the bumper are dirty. See Operator’s the radar sensor system is temporarily inoperative, e.g.

  • Page 238
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions SRS has malfunctioned at the front on the left or right. The 6 warning lamp also lights up in the instrument cluster. Front Left WARNING Malfunction Service Required The air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices may either be Front Right triggered unintentionally or, in the event of an accident, may not Malfunction…
  • Page 239: Passenger Air Bag Off Indicator Lamp

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Front Passenger The front-passenger air bag is disabled during the journey, even Airbag Disabled though: See Operator’s an adult Manual a person larger than a certain size is occupying the front- passenger seat If additional forces are applied to the seat, the system may interpret the occupant’s weight as lower than it actually is.

  • Page 240: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions For further information about the Occupant Classification System, see ( page 47). The front-passenger air bag is enabled during the journey, even Front Passenger though: Airbag Enabled a child, a small adult or an object weighing less than the See Operator’s system’s weight threshold is located on the front-passenger Manual…

  • Page 241: Lights

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Wait for a period of at least 60 seconds until the necessary system checks have been completed. Make sure that the display messages do not appear in the multifunction display. If these conditions are fulfilled, the front-passenger seat can be occupied again.

  • Page 242: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The left or right-hand trailer turn signal lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to change the bulb yourself. Check Trailer Left Turn Signal Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Check Trailer Right Turn Signal The trailer brake lamp is defective.

  • Page 243: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The left or right-hand high beam is defective. Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Left High page 116). BeamorCheck Right High Beam Visit a qualified specialist workshop. The left or right-hand license plate lamp is defective.

  • Page 244
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The rear left or right side marker lamp is defective. Check whether you are permitted to replace the bulb yourself Check Rear Left page 116). Sidemarker Lamp Check Rear Right Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Sidemarker Lamp The left-hand or right-hand daytime running lamp is faulty.
  • Page 245: Engine

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is faulty. Assist Inoperative Visit a qualified specialist workshop. Adaptive Highbeam Adaptive Highbeam Assist is deactivated and temporarily Assist Currently inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the windshield in the camera’s field of vision is dirty.

  • Page 246
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant is too hot. A warning tone also sounds. Coolant Too Hot WARNING Stop Vehicle Turn Engine Off Do not drive when your engine is overheated. This can cause some fluids which may have leaked into the engine compartment to catch fire.
  • Page 247: Display Message

    Information on approved engine oils can be obtained from any qualified specialist workshop or on the Internet at http:// bevo.mercedes-benz.com. The fuel level has dropped into the reserve range. Refuel at the nearest gas station. Fuel Level Low There is only a very small amount of fuel in the fuel tank.

  • Page 248: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The fuel system pressure is too low. The fuel filler cap is not closed correctly or the fuel system is leaking. Gas Cap Loose Check that the fuel filler cap is correctly closed. If the fuel filler cap is not correctly closed: Close the fuel filler cap.

  • Page 249: Driving Systems

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ¯ The DEF system is malfunctioning. A warning tone also sounds. Visit a qualified specialist workshop immediately. Eng. Start Not Possible in ..km ¯ The DEF system is malfunctioning. A warning tone also sounds. You can no longer start the engine.

  • Page 250: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Lane Keeping Lane Keeping Assist or Active Lane Keeping Assist is deactivated Assist Currently and temporarily inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the windshield in the camera’s field of vision is dirty. Operator’s Manual visibility is impaired due to heavy rain, snow or fog.

  • Page 251: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Blind Spot Assist Blind Spot Assist or Active Blind Spot Assist is temporarily Currently inoperative. Possible causes are: Unavailable See the sensors are dirty. Operator’s Manual function is impaired due to heavy rain or snow. Active Blind the radar sensor system is outside the operating temperature Spot Assist…

  • Page 252: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Park Assist You have just carried out a large number of turning or parking Inoperative maneuvers. Active Parking Assist will become available again after approximately ten minutes ( page 184). Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

  • Page 253: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions DISTRONIC PLUS ® DISTRONIC PLUS is defective. BAS PLUS and PRE-SAFE Brake Inoperative may also have failed. A warning tone also sounds. Visit a qualified specialist workshop. You have depressed the accelerator pedal. DISTRONIC PLUS is no DISTRONIC PLUS longer controlling the speed of the vehicle.

  • Page 254: Tires

    Display messages Tires Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check Canada only: Tire Pressure Soon The tire pressure loss warning system has detected a significant loss in pressure. A warning tone also sounds. WARNING With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the following hazards: they may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.

  • Page 255
    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Check The tire pressure in one or more tires has dropped significantly. The wheel position is displayed in the multifunction display. Tires A warning tone also sounds. WARNING With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the following hazards: they may burst, especially as the load and vehicle speed increase.
  • Page 256: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Tire Press. Monitor Due to a source of radio interference, no signals can be received from the wheel sensors. The tire pressure monitor is temporarily Currently malfunctioning. Unavailable Drive on. The tire pressure monitor restarts automatically as soon as the problem has been solved.

  • Page 257: Display Message

    Display messages Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The hood is open. WARNING The open hood may block your view when the vehicle is in motion. There is a risk of an accident. Pull over and stop the vehicle safely as soon as possible, paying attention to road and traffic conditions.

  • Page 258: Keyless-Go

    Display messages SmartKey Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions  You have put the wrong SmartKey in the ignition lock. Use the correct SmartKey. Key Does Not Belong to Vehicle  The SmartKey is in the ignition lock. Remove the SmartKey. Take Your Key from Ignition …

  • Page 259: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Display messages Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions  The KEYLESS-GO key cannot be detected at present. Change the location of the SmartKey with the KEYLESS-GO Key Not Detected functions in the vehicle. (white display If the KEYLESS-GO key is still not detected: message)

  • Page 260
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ü The driver or front passenger has not fastened their seat belt. The red seat belt Fasten your seat belt ( page 56). warning lamp lights up The warning lamp goes out.
  • Page 261: Brakes

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Safety systems Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions $ (USA only) There is not enough brake fluid in the brake fluid reservoir. J (Canada only) WARNING The red brake system The braking effect may be impaired. warning lamp comes on There is a risk of an accident.

  • Page 262
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ® ABS is temporarily unavailable. BAS, BAS PLUS, ESP , EBD ® (electronic brake force distribution), PRE-SAFE The yellow ABS warning lamp is lit while the ®…
  • Page 263: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions EBD is not available due to a malfunction. Therefore, BAS, BAS ® ® ® PLUS, ESP , PRE-SAFE , PRE-SAFE Brake, the HOLD function, The yellow ABS warning ®…

  • Page 264
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷ä ® or traction control has intervened because there is a risk of skidding or at least one wheel has started to spin. ® The yellow ESP warning lamp flashes Cruise control or DISTRONIC PLUS is deactivated.
  • Page 265: Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions ÷å ® ® , BAS, PRE-SAFE , the HOLD function, hill start assist and ® trailer stabilization are temporarily unavailable. ® The yellow ESP ® OFF warning ®…

  • Page 266: Check Engine Warning Lamp

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Engine Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions There may be a malfunction, for example: The yellow Check in the engine management Engine warning lamp in the fuel injection system lights up while the in the exhaust system engine is running.

  • Page 267: Coolant

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The temperature sensor for the coolant temperature gauge is defective. The red coolant warning lamp lights up The coolant temperature is no longer being monitored. There is a while the engine is risk of engine damage if the coolant temperature is too high.

  • Page 268
    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The coolant level is too low. The red coolant If the coolant level is correct, the airflow to the engine radiator warning lamp comes on may be blocked or the electric engine radiator fan may be while the engine is malfunctioning.
  • Page 269: Distance Warning

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions Make sure that the air supply to the engine radiator is not blocked, e.g. by snow, slush or ice. Check the coolant level and add coolant ( page 302).

  • Page 270: Tire Pressure Monitor

    Warning and indicator lamps in the instrument cluster Tires Problem Possible causes/consequences and M Solutions The tire pressure monitor has detected a loss of pressure in at least one of the tires. The yellow tire pressure monitor warning lamp WARNING (pressure loss/ With tire pressures which are too low, there is a risk of the malfunction) is lit.

  • Page 271
    Useful information ……270 Loading guidelines ……270 Stowage areas ……..271 Features ……….278…
  • Page 272: Useful Information

    Loading guidelines the GVWR are specified on the vehicle Useful information identification plate on the B-pillar of the driver’s door ( page 339). This Operator’s Manual describes all The load must also be distributed so that the models and all standard and optional weight on each axle never exceeds the gross equipment of your vehicle available at the axle weight rating (GAWR) for the front and…

  • Page 273: Glove Box

    Stowage areas Stowage areas Stowage space Important safety notes WARNING If objects in the passenger compartment are stowed incorrectly, they can slide or be thrown around and hit vehicle occupants. There is a risk of injury, particularly in the event of sudden braking or a sudden change To lock: insert the mechanical key into the in direction.

  • Page 274: Cargo Compartment Enlargement

    Stowage areas Stowage space in the rear level of protection and could even cause injuries. Stowage compartment in the rear Objects or loads in the trunk/cargo ! Do not sit or lean your bodyweight on the compartment cannot be restrained by the armrests when they are folded out as you seat backrest.

  • Page 275: Cargo Tie Down Rings

    Stowage areas Folding the rear seat backrest back Only use the cargo tie down rings when securing a load. Observe the following notes on securing loads: Observe the loading guidelines page 270). Secure the load using the cargo tie-down rings. Distribute the load on the cargo tie down rings evenly.

  • Page 276: Bag Hook

    Stowage areas Cargo compartment cover Important safety notes WARNING On its own, the cargo compartment cover cannot secure or restrain heavy objects, items of luggage and heavy loads. You could be hit by an unsecured load during sudden changes in direction, braking or in the event of an accident.

  • Page 277
    Stowage areas To extend: pull cargo compartment is an increased risk of injury or even fatal cover : back and clip it into the retainers injury. on the left and right. Always store objects so that they cannot be flung around. Secure objects, luggage or To retract: unhook cargo compartment loads against slipping or tipping over, e.g.
  • Page 278: Coat Hooks

    Stowage areas Releasing the cargo net Open both Velcro fasteners and remove the cargo net. Unroll and unfold the cargo net. The upper and lower guide rods must engage audibly. Attaching the cargo net Seat belt reel holder behind the front seats Pull belt adjuster : upwards in the direction of the arrow to reduce the tension on the tensioning strap.

  • Page 279: Stowage Well (Under)

    Never exceed the maximum roof load and adjust your driving style. Release hook = from the bracket on the ! Mercedes-Benz recommends that you underside of the cargo compartment floor. only use roof carriers that have been tested and approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

  • Page 280: Overview

    Features Cup holder in the rear seat armrest This helps to prevent damage to the vehicle. ! Do not sit on or support your body weight Position the load on the roof rack in such a on the rear seat armrest when it is folded way that the vehicle will not sustain down, as you could otherwise damage it.

  • Page 281: Features

    Features Ashtray Front ashtray ! The stowage space under the ashtray is not heat resistant. Before placing lit cigarettes in the ashtray, make sure that the ashtray is properly engaged. Otherwise, the stowage space could be damaged. Mirror light Bracket Retaining clip, e.g.

  • Page 282: Cigarette Lighter

    Features To open: pull cover ; out by its top edge. Press in cigarette lighter ;. Cigarette lighter ; will pop out To remove the insert: press release automatically when the heating element is button = and lift the insert up and out. red-hot.

  • Page 283: V Socket

    Features Socket in the rear-compartment center Have the 115 V power socket checked or console replaced immediately at a qualified specialized workshop if it is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim. Never plug the connector cable into a 115 V power socket that is damaged or has been pulled out of the trim.

  • Page 284
    Features Using the 115 V power socket To switch on: switch the ignition on. Open flap =. Insert the plug of the electronic device into 115 V power socket :. Indicator lamp ; lights up. To switch off: remove the connector from 115 V socket :.
  • Page 285: Important Safety Notes

    Customer Center contact one of the following telephone a service subscription is available hotlines: the starter battery is sufficiently charged USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Determining the location of the vehicle on Assistance Center at a map is only possible if: 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) or 1-866-990-9007 GPS reception is available.

  • Page 286: Emergency Call

    Press the W or X button on the Have the system checked at the nearest multifunction steering wheel. authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or contact the following service hotlines: Use the volume controller of the audio USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance system/COMAND.

  • Page 287
    Shortly after the emergency call has been initiated, a voice connection is automatically There is a risk of an accident and injury. established between the Mercedes-Benz Leave the vehicle immediately in this or Customer Assistance Center and the vehicle similar situations as soon as it is safe to do occupants.
  • Page 288: Mb Info Call Button

    Mercedes- Benz Customer Assistance Center was Press Roadside Assistance button :. established. This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz This may be because the corresponding Customer Assistance Center. The indicator mobile phone network is not available.

  • Page 289: Call Priority

    Press MB Info call button :. Call Failed message appears in the multifunction display. This initiates a call to the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center. The indicator To end a call: press the ~ button on the lamp in MB Info call button : flashes while multifunction steering wheel.

  • Page 290: Search & Send

    Features Furthermore, you can download routes with vehicle can be opened by the Mercedes-Benz up to 20 way points. Customer Assistance Center. You are prompted to confirm route guidance The vehicle can be immediately opened to the address entered. remotely within four days of the ignition being turned off.

  • Page 291: Vehicle Remote Malfunction Diagnosis

    Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance instructions of the customer service Center together with your PIN. representative. The Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance The message in the display disappears. Center then attempts to locate the mbrace If you select Cancel, the vehicle remote system. The Mercedes-Benz Customer…

  • Page 292: Downloading Routes

    Features appears. The vehicle data can now be sent to include up to 20 way points. When a route has the Customer Assistance center. been received by the navigation system, the ‘Route name’ has been saved to Press to confirm the message. memory card.

  • Page 293: Triggering The Vehicle Alarm

    Depending on the setting, the panic alarm Alternatively, you can call the following lasts five or ten seconds. Afterwards, the telephone assistance services: alarm switches off. USA: Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes Garage door opener Canada: Customer Service at…

  • Page 294
    Features Press and hold button B on remote control A until indicator lamp : lights up green. If indicator lamp : lights up green or flashes, then programming has been successful. Release button B on remote control A for the garage door drive system. If indicator lamp : lights up red: repeat the programming procedure for the corresponding button on the rear-view…
  • Page 295: Opening/Closing

    Features Notes on programming the remote The integrated garage door opener is control compatible with devices that have units which operate in the frequency range of Canadian radio frequency laws require a 280to 433MHz. «break» (or interruption) of the transmission signals after broadcasting for a few seconds.

  • Page 296: Calling Up

    Features Setting the compass Garage door system with a rolling code: indicator lamp : flashes green. Determine your position using the following The transmitter will transmit a signal as zone maps. long as the button is pressed. The transmission is halted after a maximum of ten seconds and indicator lamp : lights up yellow.

  • Page 297: Floormats

    Features Push a round pen into opening The operating and road safety of the vehicle page 294) for approximately three is jeopardized. There is a risk of an accident. seconds. Make sure that all objects in the vehicle are The zone currently selected appears in stowed correctly, and that they cannot enter compass display ;( page 294).

  • Page 299
    Useful information ……298 ASSYST PLUS ……..298 Engine compartment ……299 Care ………… 303…
  • Page 300: Useful Information

    (see the separate Maintenance Booklet). Switch on the ignition. You can obtain further information from an Press the = or ; button on the authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or at steering wheel to select the Serv. menu. http://www.mbusa.com (USA only).

  • Page 301: Engine Compartment

    Engine compartment A qualified specialist workshop, e.g. an Engine compartment authorized Mercedes-Benz Center, will reset Hood the ASSYST PLUS service interval display after the service work has been carried out. Important safety notes You can also obtain further information on maintenance work, for example.

  • Page 302: Closing

    Engine compartment If you need to do any work inside the engine compartment, switch off the ignition never reach into the area where there is a risk of danger from moving components, such as the fan rotation area keep clothing away from moving parts WARNING The ignition system and the fuel injection Pull release lever : on the hood.

  • Page 303: Engine Oil Adding

    You can obtain a list of the engine oils and oil filters tested and approved in accordance with the Mercedes-Benz Specifications for Service Products at any Mercedes-Benz Service center. Example: vehicles with a diesel engine Park the vehicle on a level surface.

  • Page 304
    Engine compartment Damage to the engine or exhaust system is Checking and adding other service caused by the following: products using engine oils and oil filters that have Checking coolant level not been specifically approved for the service system WARNING replacing engine oil and oil filters after The engine cooling system is pressurized, the interval for replacement specified by…
  • Page 305: Care

    ;. Care If necessary, add coolant that has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. General notes Replace cap : and turn it clockwise as far ! For cleaning your vehicle, do not use any as it will go.

  • Page 306: Car Wash

    Use a mild cleaning agent, such as a car automatically in certain situations. To shampoo approved by Mercedes-Benz. prevent damage to the vehicle, deactivate Thoroughly hose down the vehicle with a DISTRONIC PLUS and the HOLD function in gentle jet of water.

  • Page 307: Matte Finish

    Paint Cleaner, which has after having cleaned the wheels with wheel been approved by Mercedes-Benz. cleaner. Wheel cleaners could cause Do not use these care products in the sun or increased corrosion of the brake discs and on the hood while the hood is hot.

  • Page 308: Windows

    Use only insect remover and car shampoo the ignition before cleaning the windshield or from the range of recommended and wiper blades. approved Mercedes-Benz care products. ! Only fold the windshield wipers away from Cleaning the windows the windshield when vertical. Otherwise, you will damage the hood.

  • Page 309: Exterior Lights

    Clean the plastic lenses of the exterior lighting using a wet sponge and a mild cleaning agent, e.g. Mercedes-Benz car shampoo. Or clean the exterior lighting with cleaning cloths. Cleaning the mirror turn signals ! Only use cleaning agents or cleaning cloths that are suitable for plastic lenses.

  • Page 310: Display

    Clean the display surface using a Clean the exhaust tail pipes with a chrome commercially available microfiber cloth care product tested and approved by and TFT/LCD display cleaner. Mercedes-Benz. Dry the display surface using a dry microfiber cloth. Cleaning the trailer tow hitch Environmental note…

  • Page 311: Seat Belt

    ! Observe the following when cleaning: are chrome-plated or not, consult an Clean artificial leather covers with a cloth authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. moistened with a solution containing Wipe the wooden trim and trim pieces with 1% detergent (e.g. dish washing liquid).

  • Page 312: Carpets

    Use clean, lukewarm water and soap solution. Cleaning the headliner and carpets Headliner: if it is very dirty, use a soft brush or a cleaning agent recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz. Carpets: use the carpet and textile cleaning agents recommended and approved by Mercedes-Benz.

  • Page 313
    Useful information ……312 Where will I find…? ……312 Flat tire ……….312 Battery (vehicle) …….. 314 Jump-starting ……..318 Towing and tow-starting ….320 Fuses ……….323…
  • Page 314: Useful Information

    Flat tire Useful information This Operator’s Manual describes all models and all standard and optional equipment of your vehicle available at the time of publication of the Operator’s Manual. Country-specific differences are possible. Please note that your vehicle may not be equipped with all features described.

  • Page 315: Flat Tire

    Flat tire Vehicle preparation is not necessary on MOExtended tires (tires with run-flat vehicles with MOExtended tires. properties) General notes Collapsible spare wheel With MOExtended tires (tires with run flat an emergency spare wheel (only for certain characteristics), you can continue to drive countries) ( page 359) your vehicle even if there is a total loss of…

  • Page 316: Driving Over Obstacles

    Battery (vehicle) You must not exceed a maximum speed of have all work involving the battery carried out 50 mph (80 km/h). at a qualified specialist workshop. When replacing one or all tires, make sure WARNING that you use only tires: Work carried out incorrectly on the battery can, for example, lead to a short circuit and of the size specified for the vehicle and…

  • Page 317: Battery (Vehicle)

    Battery (vehicle) WARNING must be collected separately and recycled to protect the Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury. environment. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Dispose of batteries in an Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean environmentally friendly over the battery.

  • Page 318: Charging The Battery

    Battery (vehicle) Risk of explosion. consumers. The vehicle will then use very little energy, thus conserving battery power. If the power supply has been interrupted, Fire, open flames and smoking are e.g. if you reconnect the battery, you will prohibited when handling the have to: battery.

  • Page 319
    ! Only charge the installed battery with a battery charger which has been tested and approved by Mercedes-Benz. These battery chargers allow the battery to be charged while still installed in the vehicle. ! Only use battery chargers with a maximum charging voltage of 14.8 V.
  • Page 320: Jump-Starting

    Jump-starting Jump-starting For the jump-starting procedure, use only the jump-starting connection point, consisting of a positive terminal and an earth point, in the engine compartment. WARNING Battery acid is caustic. There is a risk of injury. Avoid contact with the skin, eyes or clothing. Do not inhale any battery gases. Do not lean over the battery.

  • Page 321
    Jump-starting Only use jumper cables which have a sufficient cross-section and insulated terminal clamps. If the battery is fully discharged, leave the battery that is being used to jump-start connected for a few minutes before attempting to start. This charges the battery slightly. Make sure that the two vehicles do not touch.
  • Page 322: Important Safety Notes

    Towing and tow-starting First, remove the jumper cables from earth point A and negative terminal ?, then from positive clamp ; and positive terminal =. Begin each time at the contacts on your own vehicle first. Close cover : of positive terminal ; after removing the jumper cables. Have the battery checked at a qualified specialist workshop.

  • Page 323: Towing And Tow-Starting

    Towing and tow-starting The battery must be connected and charged. Otherwise, you: cannot turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the ignition lock cannot shift the automatic transmission to position N Deactivate the automatic locking feature page 80). You could otherwise be locked out when pushing or towing the vehicle.

  • Page 324: With The Rear Axle Raised

    Towing and tow-starting Towing the vehicle with the rear axle Transporting the vehicle raised The towing eyes or trailer tow hitch can be Only possible for vehicles without used to pull the vehicle onto a trailer or 4MATIC. transporter if you wish to transport it. When towing your vehicle with the rear axle Turn the SmartKey to position 2 in the raised, it is important that you observe the…

  • Page 325: Fuses

    312). ! Only use fuses that have been approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and which Dashboard fuse box have the correct fuse rating for the system ! Do not use a pointed object such as a concerned.

  • Page 326: Compartment

    Fuses ! Make sure that no moisture can enter the fuse box when the cover is open. ! When closing the cover, make sure that it is lying correctly on the fuse box. Moisture seeping in or dirt could otherwise impair the operation of the fuses.

  • Page 327
    Fuses To open: lift up cargo compartment floor ;( page 277). Remove stowage compartment :. Open cover = of fuse box downwards.
  • Page 329: Wheels And Tires

    Useful information ……328 Important safety notes ….328 Operation ……….. 328 Winter operation ……. 330 Tire pressure ……..331 Loading the vehicle ……339 Maximum load rating ……. 343 Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards ………. 344 Tire labeling ……..345 Definition of terms for tires and loading ……….

  • Page 330: Useful Information

    Operator’s Accessories that are not approved for your Manual. Country-specific differences are vehicle by Mercedes-Benz or are not being possible. Please note that your vehicle may used correctly can impair the operating not be equipped with all features safety.

  • Page 331: Operation

    Do not mount anything onto the valve other than the standard valve cap or other valve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz for your vehicle. Do not use any other valve caps or systems, e.g. tire pressure monitoring systems.

  • Page 332: Winter Operation

    Do not drive with tires which have too little permanently. Mercedes-Benz cannot accept tread depth, as this significantly reduces responsibility for this type of damage. the traction on wet roads (hydroplaning).

  • Page 333: Tire Pressure

    Mercedes-Benz, or are of a steering and braking, may be greatly corresponding standard of quality. impaired. There is a risk of an accident.

  • Page 334
    Tire pressure various operating conditions, i.e. differing Follow recommended tire inflation pressures load and speed conditions. and check the pressure of all the tires including the spare wheel: Specifications shown in the examples of monthly, at least tire pressure tables are for illustration purposes only.
  • Page 335: On-Board Computer

    The tire pressures for increased loads Only screw the standard valve cap or other and/or higher road speeds, shown in the valve caps approved by Mercedes-Benz for tire pressure table, may have a negative your vehicle onto the tire valve.

  • Page 336: Maximum

    Tire pressure Overinflation changes by 18 ‡ (10 †), the tire pressure changes by approximately 10 kPa (0.1 bar/ WARNING 1.5 psi). Take this into account when Tires with excessively high pressure can burst checking the pressure of warm tires and only because they are damaged more easily by correct the tire pressure if it is too low for the road debris, potholes etc.

  • Page 337: Pressure Loss Warning

    Tire pressure of rotation of a wheel changes as a result of Checking the tire pressures a loss of pressure, a corresponding warning Important safety notes message will appear in the multifunction display. Observe the «tire pressure information» You can recognize the tire pressure loss section ( page 331).

  • Page 338: Service Menu

    Tire pressure Restarting the tire pressure loss After a teach-in period, the tire pressure warning system loss warning system will monitor the set tire pressures of all four tires. Restart the tire pressure loss warning system If you wish to cancel the restart: if you have: changed the tire pressure Press the % button.

  • Page 339
    Tire pressure pressure, the warning threshold for the system (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire warning message is aligned to the reference pressure telltale when one or more of your values taught-in. Restart the tire pressure tires are significantly underinflated. monitor after adjusting the pressure of the Accordingly, when the low tire pressure cold tires (…
  • Page 340: Checking The Tire Pressure Electronically

    Tire pressure for approximately one minute and then instead of the tire pressure display. The tire remaining lit. pressures are already being monitored. When the malfunction has been rectified, If a spare wheel/emergency spare wheel the tire pressure warning lamp goes out is mounted, the system may continue to after a few minutes of driving.

  • Page 341: Loading The Vehicle

    Loading the vehicle pressure monitor then monitors the new tire If you wish to cancel the restart: pressure values. Press the % button. Restart the tire pressure monitor after you The tire pressure values stored at the last have set the tire pressure to the value restart will continue to be monitored.

  • Page 342
    Loading the vehicle The gross weight of all vehicle occupants, load, luggage and trailer load/noseweight (if applicable) must not exceed the specified value. Number of seats The specifications shown on the Tire and Loading Information placard in the illustration are examples. The number of seats is vehicle-specific and can differ from the details shown.
  • Page 343
    Loading the vehicle your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard. Step 2: Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle. Step 3: Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kilograms or XXX lbs.
  • Page 344
    Loading the vehicle Example: steps 1 to 3 The following table shows examples on how to calculate total and cargo load capacities with varying seating configurations and number and size of occupants. The following examples use a load limit of 1 500 lbs (680 kg). This is for illustration purposes only. Make sure you are using the actual load limit for your vehicle stated on your vehicle’s Tire and Loading Information placard ( page 340).
  • Page 345: Maximum Load Rating

    Maximum load rating Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Step 3 Permissible load and 1500 lbs 1500 lbs 1500 lbs trailer load/ (680 kg) — (680 kg) — (680 kg) — noseweight 750 lbs (340 kg) 540 lbs (245 kg) 150 lbs (68 kg) = (maximum = 750 lbs…

  • Page 346: Maximum Tire Load

    Treadwear Traction Temperature the freezing point. Mercedes-Benz recommends a minimum tread depth of ã in (4 mm) for all four winter tires ( page 330) to maintain normal driving characteristics in winter. Winter tires can…

  • Page 347: Tire Labeling

    Tire labeling reduce the braking distance on snow-covered surfaces in comparison with summer tires. Stopping distance, however, is still considerably greater than when the road is not covered with ice or snow. Take appropriate care when driving. ! Avoid wheelspin. This can lead to damage to the drive train.

  • Page 348
    Tire labeling ratio is calculated by dividing the tire width by Tire size designation, load-bearing the tire height. capacity and speed rating Tire code: tire code = specifies the tire type. «R» represents radial tires; «D» represents diagonal tires; «B» represents diagonal radial tires.
  • Page 349
    Tire labeling adapt your driving style to the traffic (300 km/h) must include «ZR», and the conditions. service specification must be given in parentheses. Example: Summer tires 275/40 ZR 18 (99 Y). Speed rating «(Y)» indicates that the maximum speed of the Index Speed rating tire is over 186 mph (300 km/h).
  • Page 350: Load Index

    Tire labeling The TIN is a unique identification number. The Load index TIN enables tire manufacturers to inform purchasers of recalls and other safety- relevant matters. It makes it possible for the purchaser to easily identify the affected tires. The TIN is made up of manufacturer identification code ;, tire size =, tire type code ? and manufacturing date A.

  • Page 351: Characteristics

    Definition of terms for tires and loading Tire characteristics Normal occupant weight The number of occupants for which the vehicle is designed multiplied by 68 kilograms (150 lbs). Uniform Tire Quality Grading Standards A uniform standard to grade the quality of tires with regards to tread quality, tire traction and temperature characteristics.

  • Page 352
    Definition of terms for tires and loading GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating) Maximum loaded vehicle weight The GAWR is the maximum gross axle weight The maximum weight is the sum of the curb rating. The actual load on an axle must never weight of the vehicle, the weight of the exceed the gross axle weight rating.
  • Page 353
    Definition of terms for tires and loading Maximum load on one tire Sidewall Maximum load on one tire. This is calculated The part of the tire between the tread and the by dividing the maximum axle load of one axle bead.
  • Page 354: Changing A Wheel

    Changing a wheel Tire-mounting tools should not be used Treadwear indicators near the valve. This could damage the Narrow bars (tread wear bars) that are electronic components. distributed over the tire tread. If the tire tread Only have tires changed at a qualified is level with the bars, the wear limit of á…

  • Page 355: Preparing The Vehicle

    Mounting a wheel Cleaning the wheels Securing the vehicle to prevent it from rolling away WARNING The water jet from a circular jet nozzle (dirt blasters) can cause invisible exterior damage to the tires or chassis components. Components damaged in this way may fail unexpectedly.

  • Page 356: Raising The Vehicle

    Mercedes-Benz. If used incorrectly, the jack could tip over with the vehicle raised. the jack is designed only to raise and hold the vehicle for a short time while a wheel is being changed.

  • Page 357: Mounting A New Wheel

    Mounting a wheel Position jack = at jacking point ;. Using lug wrench :, loosen the bolts on the wheel you wish to change by about one Turn ratchet wrench ? until jack = sits full turn. Do not unscrew the bolts completely on jacking point ;…

  • Page 358: Lowering

    Mercedes-Benz recommends that Tighten the wheel bolts until they are you only use wheel bolts which have been finger-tight. approved for Mercedes-Benz vehicles and the Inflate the collapsible spare wheel respective wheel. page 360). Only then lower the vehicle.

  • Page 359: Wheel And Tire Combinations

    ABS ® or ESP , and are marked as follows: MO = Mercedes-Benz Original MOE = Mercedes-Benz Original Extended (tires featuring run-flat characteristics) MO1 = Mercedes-Benz Original (only certain AMG tires) Mercedes-Benz Original Extended tires…

  • Page 360
    Wheel and tire combinations Observe the notes on recommended tire In the following table, the wheel/tire pressures under various operating combinations are assigned to the vehicle conditions ( page 331). models through variants, e.g. V1, V2 etc.: Check tire pressures regularly, and only V1 GLK 250 BlueTEC, GLK 350 when the tires are cold.
  • Page 361: Emergency Spare Wheel

    Emergency spare wheel Tires Summer tires Alloy wheels 7.5 J x 19 H2 235/50 R 19 99 V Wheel offset: 1.85 in (47 mm) 8.5 J x 19 H2 18, 19 255/45 R 19 100 V Wheel offset: 2.05 in (52 mm) All-weather tires Alloy wheels 7.5 J x 17 H2…

  • Page 362: Emergency Spare Wheel

    Emergency spare wheel Replace the tires after six years at the latest, only use a spare wheel or emergency spare regardless of wear. This also applies to the wheel of a different size briefly. emergency spare wheel. ® do not switch ESP off.

  • Page 363: Stowing

    Otherwise, the Insert plug ? into the socket of the collapsible spare wheel will not fit in the spare wheel well. Mercedes-Benz recommends that cigarette lighter ( page 280) or into a 12 V you have this work carried out at a qualified power socket ( page 280) in your vehicle.

  • Page 364: Technical Data

    Emergency spare wheel Technical data Collapsible spare wheel Tires Wheels 185/75 – 17 98 P 6.0 B x 17 H2 ET 25 Tire pressure: 280 kPa (2.8 bar/41 psi) The specified tire pressure is printed in yellow on the emergency spare wheel.

  • Page 365: Technical Data

    Useful information ……364 Information regarding technical data ………… 364 Warranty ……….364 Identification plates ……364 Service products and filling capaci- ties …………. 365 Vehicle data ……..373 Trailer tow hitch …….. 374…

  • Page 366: Information

    27). Information regarding technical data The data stated here specifically refers to a vehicle with standard equipment. Consult a Mercedes-Benz Center for the data for all vehicle variants and trim levels. Open the driver’s door. Warranty You will see vehicle identification plate :.

  • Page 367: Engine Number

    Service products and filling capacities Slide the right-hand front seat to its rearmost position. Fold floor covering : upwards. You will see VIN ;. The VIN can also be found in the following locations: on the lower edge of the windshield page 365) on the vehicle identification plate page 364)

  • Page 368: Fuel Tank Capacity

    Information about tested and approved assistance without delay. Do not induce products can be obtained from an authorized vomiting. Mercedes-Benz Center or on the Internet at Immediately change out of clothing which http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. has come into contact with fuel. You can recognize service products approved…

  • Page 369: Additives

    Mercedes-Benz. More information about recommended additives than Ô of the pedal travel. can be obtained from any authorized Only refuel using premium-grade unleaded Mercedes-Benz Center.

  • Page 370: Diesel

    (in certain regions). In this case, Bio-diesel — FAME (fatty acid methyl ester) Mercedes-Benz recommends additives Mercedes-Benz USA approves the use of bio- approved for use in Mercedes-Benz vehicles; diesel B5 for all BlueTEC diesel engines. The see http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com.

  • Page 371: Engine Oil

    365). The engine oils are matched to the Purity performance of Mercedes-Benz engines and service intervals. You should therefore only ! Impurities in DEF (e.g. due to other use engine oils and oil filters that are service products, cleaning agents or dust)

  • Page 372: Viscosity

    Service products and filling capacities Center. Or visit the website this means that it is thick; a low viscosity http://bevo.mercedes-benz.com. means that it is thin. The table shows which engine oils have been Select an engine oil with an SAE classification approved for your vehicle.

  • Page 373: System

    Service Products 310.1. Further information on coolants can be The coolant is checked with every found in the Mercedes-Benz Specifications maintenance interval at a qualified specialist for Service Products, MB Specifications for workshop. Service Products 310.1, e.g. on the…

  • Page 374: Refrigerant

    ! Only use refrigerant R-134a and PAG oil blocked. (part number A0019890803) which has When handling washer fluid, observe the been approved by Mercedes-Benz. The important safety notes on service products approved R-134a PAG oil may not be mixed page 365).

  • Page 375: Refrigerant Filling Capacity

    Vehicle data Refrigerant instruction label Vehicle data General notes Please note that for the specified vehicle data: the heights specified may vary as a result tires load condition of the suspension optional equipment Example: refrigerant instruction label the indicated ground clearance refers to Warning symbol the vehicle when loaded and ready to drive, Refrigerant filling capacity…

  • Page 376: Trailer Loads

    Trailer tow hitch Missing values were not available at time of going to print. All models Vehicle length 178.6 in (4536 mm) Vehicle width 79.4 in (2016 mm) including exterior mirrors Wheelbase 108.5 in (2755 mm) Turning radius 38.2 ft (11.65 m) Maximum roof load GLK 250 BlueTEC Vehicle height…

Mercedes-Benz GLK-Class 2010, GLK350 2010 User Manual

GLK

Operator’s Manual

Symbols

Trademarks:

RBabySmartTM is a trademark of Siemens Automotive Corp.

RBluetooth® is a registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc.

RESP® is a registered trademark of Daimler.

RHomeLink® is a registered trademark of Prince, a Johnson Controls Company.

RLogic 7® is a registered trademark of Harman International Industries, Incorporated.

RMicrosoft® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.

RSIRIUS and related marks are trademarks of SIRIUS XM Radio Inc.

RWindows media® is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the U.S.A. and other countries.

The following symbols are found in this Operator’s Manual:

G Warning!

Warning notices draw your attention to hazards that may endanger your health or life, or the health or life of others.

! Highlights hazards that may result in damage to your vehicle.

i Helpful hints or further information you may find useful.

XThis symbol points to instructions for you to follow.

XA number of these symbols appearing in succession indicates a multiple-step procedure.

Ypage This symbol tells you where to look for further information on a topic.

YYThis continuation symbol marks a warning or procedure which is continued on the next page.

Display Text in displays, such as the control system, are printed in the type shown here.

Our company and staff congratulate you on the purchase of your new Mercedes-Benz.

Your selection of our product is a demonstration of your trust in our company name. Furthermore, it exemplifies your desire to own an automobile that will be as easy as possible to operate and will provide years of service.

Your Mercedes-Benz represents the efforts of many skilled engineers and craftsmen. To help assure your driving pleasure, and also the safety of you and your passengers, we ask you to make a small investment of time:

RPlease read this manual carefully, then return it to your vehicle where it will be handy for your reference.

RPlease follow the recommendations contained in this manual. They are designed to acquaint you with the operation of your Mercedes-Benz.

RPlease pay attention to the warnings and cautions contained in this manual. They are designed to help improve the safety of the vehicle operator and occupants.

We extend our best wishes for many miles of safe, pleasurable driving.

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC A Daimler Company

2045841081 É2045841081FËÍ

Contents 3

Index ……………………………………………….

4

Introduction …………………………………..

19

At a glance …………………………………….

25

Safety and security ………………………..

35

Controls in detail ……………………………

65

Operation …………………………………….

211

Practical hints ……………………………..

259

Technical data ……………………………..

327

4Index

1, 2, 3 …

115V AC Socket ……………………………

198

4-ETS

see ETS/4-ETS

4MATIC

see All-wheel drive (4MATIC)

911 Emergency calls ……………………

161

A

ABS (Antilock Brake System)

Indicator lamp …………………………..

289

Messages in the multifunction

display ……………………………..

271, 272

Accessory weight …………………………

239

Accidents …………………………………….

101

Air bags …………………………………….

37

Emergency calls (Tele Aid) ………….

201

Emergency calls (Telephone) ………

161

NECK-PRO active front head

restraints ………………………………….

51

Active Bi-Xenon headlamps

see Headlamps

Additives

Engine oil …………………………………

336

Gasoline …………………………………..

337

Address change ……………………………..

21

Advanced Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (Advanced

TPMS) ………………………………………….

224

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

268

Air bags …………………………………………

37

Emergency call upon deployment . . 201

Front, driver and passenger ………….

40

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (Canada

only) ………………………………….

45, 297

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (USA only) ……..

42, 298

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

264

OCS (Occupant Classification

System) …………………………………….

42

Safety guidelines ………………………..

39

Side impact ………………………………..

40

Window curtain …………………………..

41

Air conditioning refrigerant and

lubricant ………………………………………

336

Air distribution …………………………….

181

Air pressure

see Tire inflation pressure

Air pressure (tires) ……………………….

239

Air pump (electric) ……………………….

315

Air recirculation mode ………………….

183

Air volume ……………………………………

182

Alarm system

see Anti-theft systems

All-wheel drive (4MATIC) ………………

171

Alternator

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

281

Alternator (Technical data)

see Vehicle specification

Anticorrosion/antifreeze ………………

338

Anti-theft systems ………………………….

63

Anti-theft alarm system ……………….

63

Immobilizer ………………………………..

63

Aquaplaning

see Hydroplaning

Armrest, front

Storage compartments ………………

193

Armrest, rear

Storage compartment ………………..

193

Ashtrays ………………………………………

196

Aspect ratio (tires) ……………………….

239

Audio menu ………………………………….

115

Audio system ……………………………….

125

Adjusting volume ………………………

133

Audio and telephone operation ……

125

Audio AUX mode ……………………….

154

Bluetooth® settings …………………..

135

CD mode ………………………………….

146

Components …………………………….

126

MP3 mode ……………………………….

146

Operating safety ……………………….

126

Radio operation ………………………..

136

Satellite radio …………………………..

140

Switching on and off ………………….

132

System settings ………………………..

135

Telephone ………………………………..

155

Auto-dimming rear view mirrors ……..

84

Automatic central locking ……….

70, 124

Automatic headlamp mode …………….

88

Automatic interior lighting control ….

92

Automatic locking when driving ……

124

Automatic shift program ………………

106

Automatic transmission ……………….

103

Automatic shift program …………….

106

Gear range indicator ………………….

106

Gear ranges ……………………………..

106

Gear selector lever ……………………

103

Hill-start assist system ………………

171

Kickdown …………………………………

105

One-touch gearshifting ………………

107

Program mode indicator …………….

107

Program mode selector switch

(automatic shift program) …………..

106

Shifting procedure …………………….

104

Towing a trailer …………………………

106

Transmission position indicator …..

104

Transmission positions ………………

104

AUX socket ………………………………….

154

Axle oils ……………………………………….

334

B

BabySmart™

Air bag deactivation system ………….

45

Self-test …………………………………….

46

Back button …………………………………

129

Backrest

see Seats

Backup lamps

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

283

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

305

Bar (air pressure unit) …………………..

239

BAS (Brake Assist System) ……………..

60

Batteries, SmartKey

Checking condition ……………………..

69

Replacing …………………………………

302

Battery, Vehicle ……………………………

317

Charging ………………………………….

319

Jump starting ……………………………

319

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

281

Bead (tire) ……………………………………

239

Beverage holders

see Cup holders

Bluetooth® settings ……………………..

135

Index

5

Brake Assist System

see BAS

Brake fluid

Checking level ………………………….

217

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

273

Brake lamps

Cleaning lenses ………………………..

254

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

305

Brake pads

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

270

Brakes …………………………………………

244

Parking brake …………………………..

102

Warning lamp ……………………………

289

Break-in period …………………………….

212

Bulbs

see Replacing bulbs

C

CAC (Customer Assistance Center)

22

California retail buyers and

lessees, important notice for ………….

20

Calls (phone) …………………………

117, 155

Can holders

see Cup holders

Capacities and recommended

fuel/lubricants …………………………….

334

Cargo compartment

Cargo net …………………………………

191

Cargo volume, expanding …………..

189

Cover blind ………………………………

190

Fuse box ………………………………….

326

Hooks ……………………………………..

189

Tie-down rings ………………………….

188

Cargo compartment cover blind ……

190

Cargo net …………………………………….

191

Cargo tie-down rings …………………….

188

Carpets, cleaning …………………………

256

CD player ……………………………………..

146

Center console

Lower part …………………………………

31

Upper part …………………………………

31

Central locking

Automatic …………………………..

70, 124

KEYLESS-GO ………………………………

67

6Index

Locking/unlocking from inside ……..

71

SmartKey …………………………………..

66

Central locking/unlocking switch

…..

71

Certification label …………………………

328

Children in the vehicle

Air bags …………………………………….

37

BabySmart™ air bag deactivation

system ………………………………………

45

Child safety locks (rear doors) ………

58

Child seat anchors – LATCH-type

(ISOFIX) …………………………………….

57

Indicator lamp, front passenger

front air bag off (Canada only) ………

45

Indicator lamp, front passenger

front air bag off (USA only) …………..

42

Infant and child restraint systems ….

54

ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –

LATCH-type) ……………………………….

57

OCS (Occupant Classification

System) …………………………………….

42

Override switch …………………………..

58

Safety notes ……………………………….

53

Tether anchorage points ………………

56

Top tether ………………………………….

56

Child safety

see Children in the vehicle

Child seat anchors – LATCH-type

(ISOFIX)

see Children in the vehicle

Chrome-plated exhaust tip,

cleaning ……………………………………….

257

Cigarette lighter …………………………..

197

Clear button …………………………………

130

Climate control system ………………..

177

Air conditioning ………………………..

179

Air conditioning refrigerant …………

336

Air distribution ………………………….

181

Air recirculation mode ……………….

183

Air volume ……………………………….

182

Automatic mode ……………………….

179

Deactivating system ………………….

179

Front defroster …………………………

182

Maximum cooling MAX COOL ……..

182

Temperature …………………………….

180

Clock ……………………………………..

29, 121

Coat hooks …………………………………..

189

Cockpit ………………………………………….

27

Cold tire inflation pressure …………..

239

Collapsible tire (spare wheel) ……….

333

Collapsible wheel chock ……………….

261

COMAND system

see separate COMAND system

operating instructions

Combination gauge ………………………..

28

Combination switch ……………………….

90

Compass ……………………………………..

199

Control system …………………………….

110

Multifunction display …………………

112

Multifunction steering wheel ………

110

Resetting to factory settings ……….

119

Control system menus ………………….

113

Audio ………………………………………

115

Navi ………………………………………..

115

Service …………………………………….

118

Settings …………………………………..

119

Telephone ………………………………..

117

Trip …………………………………………

113

Control system submenus

Convenience …………………………….

124

Instrument cluster …………………….

120

Lighting ……………………………………

122

Time/Date ……………………………….

121

Vehicle …………………………………….

123

Convenience submenu

Easy-entry/exit feature ………………

124

Fold-in function for exterior rear

view mirrors ……………………………..

124

Coolant

Anticorrosion/antifreeze ……………

338

Capacities ………………………………..

334

Checking level ………………………….

216

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

279

Temperature gauge ……………………

109

Warning lamp ……………………………

295

Coolant temperature gauge ……………

28

Corner-illuminating lamps ………………

91

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

304

Cruise control ………………………………

168

Activating …………………………………

169

Canceling …………………………………

169

Changing the set speed ……………..

170

Last stored speed ……………………..

170

Lever ……………………………………….

169

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

267

Resume function ……………………….

170

Setting current speed ………………..

169

Cup holders ………………………………….

195

Curb weight …………………………………

239

Customer Assistance Center (CAC)

22

Customer Relations Department …….

22

D

Dashboard

see Instrument cluster

Data recording ……………………………….

23

Date, Setting ………………………………..

121

Daytime running lamp mode …………..

88

Switching on or off …………………….

122

Deep water

see Standing water

Defogging (windshield) …………………

182

Defroster

Front (Climate control system) ……

182

Rear window …………………………….

184

Delayed shut-off

Exterior lamps …………………………..

122

Interior lighting …………………………

123

Department of Transportation

see DOT

Difficulties

While driving …………………………….

101

With starting ………………………………

99

Dimensions (vehicle)

see Vehicle specification

Direction of rotation (tires) …………..

231

Displays

Maintenance service indicator …….

250

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

262

Multifunction display …………………

112

Symbol messages ……………………..

270

Text messages ………………………….

264

Trip computer …………………………..

113

Vehicle status message memory …

118

Vehicle system settings ……………..

119

Door control panel …………………………

33

Door handles ………………………………….

33

Doors

Child safety locks ……………………….

58

Locking/unlocking (KEYLESS-GO) …

67

Locking/unlocking (SmartKey) ……..

66

Index

7

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

277

Opening from inside …………………….

70

Remote door lock (Tele Aid) ………..

205

Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) …….

204

Unlocking (Mechanical key) ………..

299

DOT (Department of

Transportation) …………………………….

239

Drinking and driving …………………….

243

Driving

Abroad …………………………………….

249

Hydroplaning ……………………………

246

Instructions ………………………..

98, 243

In winter ………………………………….

243

Problems …………………………………

101

Safety systems …………………………..

59

Systems …………………………………..

168

Through standing water ……………..

246

Driving and parking

Safety notes ……………………………….

98

Driving off …………………………….

100, 245

Driving safety systems …………………..

59

BAS …………………………………………..

60

EBP …………………………………………..

60

ESP® …………………………………………

61

ETS/4-ETS …………………………………

62

Driving systems

All-wheel drive (4MATIC) …………….

171

Cruise control …………………………..

168

Hill-start assist system ………………

171

Parktronic system ……………………..

172

Rear view camera ……………………..

174

Driving tips, automatic

transmission ………………………………..

105

E

Easy-entry/exit feature …………..

83, 124

EBP (Electronic Brake

Proportioning) ………………………………..

60

Electrical system

Improper work on or

modifications ……………………………..

22

Power outlets ……………………………

197

Electrical system (Technical data) see Vehicle specification

Electronic Stability Program see ESP®

8Index

Electronic Traction System

see ETS/4-ETS

Emergency, in case of

First aid kit ……………………………….

260

Flat tire ……………………………………

312

Hazard warning flasher ………………..

90

Roadside Assistance …………….

20, 203

Towing the vehicle …………………….

321

Emergency calls

Tele Aid ……………………………………

201

Telephone ………………………………..

161

Emergency operations

Remote door lock (Tele Aid) ………..

205

Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) …….

204

Emergency Tensioning Device

see ETD

Emission control ………………………….

249

Information label ……………………….

329

System warranties ………………………

19

Engine

Break-in recommendations …………

212

Cleaning …………………………………..

253

Compartment …………………………..

214

Malfunction indicator lamp …………

295

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

279

Number ……………………………………

329

Starting ……………………………………..

98

Turning off ……………………………….

102

Engine (Technical data)

see Vehicle specification

Engine coolant

see Coolant

Engine oil

Adding …………………………………….

216

Additives ………………………………….

336

Checking level ………………………….

215

Consumption ……………………………

215

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

282

Oil dipstick ……………………………….

215

Recommended engine oils and oil

filter ………………………………………..

335

ESP® (Electronic Stability

Program) ……………………………………….

61

ETS/4-ETS …………………………………

62

Messages in the multifunction

display ………………………

271, 272, 274

Trailer stabilization ………………………

63

Warning lamp ……………………………

293

ETD (Emergency Tensioning

Device) ………………………………………….

51

Safety guidelines ………………………..

39

ETS/4-ETS (Electronic Traction

System) …………………………………………

62

Express operation

Panorama roof ………………………….

185

Power windows …………………………..

95

Exterior lamp switch ………………………

87

Exterior rear view mirrors ………………

84

Fold-in function …………………………..

86

Parking position ………………………….

85

Power-folding ……………………………..

85

Switching fold-in function on or

off …………………………………………..

124

Exterior view of vehicle ………………….

26

F

Fastening the seat belts …………………

49

First aid kit …………………………………..

260

Flat tire ………………………………………..

312

Lowering the vehicle ………………….

317

Mounting the spare wheel

………….

312

Preparing the vehicle …………………

312

Spare wheel ………………………

312, 333

Floormats …………………………………….

209

Fluids

Automatic transmission fluid ………

334

Brake fluid ……………………………….

334

Capacities ………………………………..

334

Engine coolant ………………………….

334

Engine oil …………………………………

334

Power steering fluid …………………..

334

Washer and headlamp cleaning

system …………………………………….

335

Fog lamps ………………………………………

89

Messages in the multifunction

display ……………………………..

283, 285

Fold-in function for exterior rear

view mirrors ………………………………….

86

Four-wheel drive

see All-wheel drive (4MATIC)

Front air bags

see Air bags

Front axle oil ………………………………..

334

Front lamps

see Headlamps

Front passenger front air bag …………

40

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

264

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (Canada only) …..

45, 297

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (USA only) ……….

42, 298

Front seat head restraints

see Head restraints

Fuel ……………………………………………..

212

Additives ………………………………….

337

Capacity, fuel tank …………………….

335

Drive sensibly–safe fuel ……………..

243

Fuel consumption statistics ………..

114

Fuel filler flap and cap ……………….

213

Fuel tank reserve warning lamp …..

294

Premium unleaded gasoline ………..

336

Refueling ………………………………….

212

Requirements …………………………..

337

Fuel filler flap ……………………………….

213

Opening manually ……………………..

301

Fuel gauge ……………………………..

28, 110

Fuels, coolants, lubricants etc. ……..

334

Fuel tank

Capacity ………………………………….

335

Fuel filler flap and cap ……………….

213

Refueling ………………………………….

212

Fuses …………………………………………..

325

G

Garage door opener ………………..

32, 205

Gasoline

see Fuel

GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)

… 240

Gear range …………………………………..

106

Indicator ………………………………….

106

Limiting ……………………………………

107

Shifting into optimal ………………….

108

Gear selector lever ……………………….

103

Cleaning …………………………………..

256

Gearshift pattern ………………………

103

Lock …………………………………..

99, 104

Index

9

Shifting procedure …………………….

104

Transmission position indicator …..

104

Transmission positions ………………

104

Generator

see Alternator

Global locking/unlocking

see Key, SmartKey

Glove box …………………………………….

192

Gross Axle Weight Rating

see GAWR

Gross Trailer Weight

see GTW

Gross Vehicle Weight

see GVW

Gross Vehicle Weight Rating

see GVWR

GTW (Gross Trailer Weight) …………..

240

GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight) …………

240

GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight

Rating) …………………………………………

240

H

Halogen headlamps

see Headlamps

Hard plastic trim items, cleaning ….

256

Hazard warning flasher …………………..

90

Headlamp cleaning system …………….

91

Headlamps

Active Bi-Xenon headlamps ………….

87

Automatic headlamp mode …………..

88

Bi-Xenon …………………………….

87, 304

Cleaning lenses ………………………..

254

Cleaning system …………………………

91

Daytime running lamp mode …………

88

Delayed shut-off ……………………….

122

Halogen …………………………………..

304

High-beam flasher ……………………….

90

High-beam headlamps …………………

90

Low-beam headlamps ………………….

88

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

283

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

303

Switch ……………………………………….

87

Headliner, cleaning and care of …….

256

Head restraints ………………………………

78

Adjustment …………………………..

78, 80

Folding back ………………………………

80

10 Index

NECK-PRO active front head

restraints …………………………………..

51

Rear seat head restraints ……………..

80

Height adjustment

Seat belt outlet …………………………..

50

Seats ………………………………………..

78

High-beam flasher ………………………….

90

High-beam headlamps …………….

90, 304

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

304

Hill-start assist system …………………

171

Hood ……………………………………………

214

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

277

Hooks ………………………………………….

189

Horn ………………………………………………

27

Hydroplaning ……………………………….

246

I

Identification labels ……………………..

328

Identification number, vehicle

(VIN) ……………………………………………

329

Ignition …………………………………….

76, 99

Immobilizer ……………………………………

63

Infant and child restraint systems

see Children in the vehicle

Inflation pressure

see Tires, Inflation pressure

Inside door handle …………………………

70

Instrument cluster ………………….

28, 108

Illumination ………………………………

109

Lamps ……………………………………..

288

Multifunction display …………………

112

Instrument lighting

see Instrument cluster, Illumination

Instrument panel

see Instrument cluster

Instruments and controls

see Cockpit

Interior lighting

Delayed shut-off ……………………….

123

Emergency lighting ……………………..

92

Front …………………………………………

92

Front reading lamps …………………….

92

Rear ………………………………………….

92

Rear reading lamps ……………………..

92

Interior rear view mirror …………………

84

Auto-dimming rear view mirrors …….

84

Interior storage spaces

see Storage compartments

Intermittent wiping ………………………..

93

Rain sensor ………………………………..

93

ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –

LATCH-type)

see Children in the vehicle

J

Jack ……………………………………………..

261

Jump starting ……………………………….

319

K

Key, Mechanical

Loss of ………………………………………

69

Replacing …………………………………..

70

Unlocking/locking manually ……….

299

Key, SmartKey

Battery check lamp ……………………..

69

Checking batteries ………………………

69

Factory setting ………………………

67, 69

Global locking (KEYLESS-

GO) …………………………………………..

69

Global locking (SmartKey) …………….

67

Global unlocking (KEYLESS-

GO) …………………………………………..

69

Global unlocking

(SmartKey) …………………………………

67

Important notes on KEYLESS-GO …..

68

Locking/unlocking ………………………

66

Loss of ………………………………………

69

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

277

Opening and closing the

panorama roof ……………………………

97

Opening and closing the windows ….

97

Remote control …………………………..

66

Replacing …………………………………..

70

Replacing batteries ……………………

302

Restoring to factory setting …….

67, 69

Selective setting ……………………

67, 69

Starter switch positions ……………….

76

KEYLESS-GO

Starter switch positions ……………….

76

Kickdown …………………………………….

105

Kilopascal (air pressure unit) ………..

240

L

Labels

Certification ……………………………..

328

Emission control information

……… 329

Tire and Loading Information

placard …………………………………….

227

Tire inflation pressure ………………..

220

Lamps, exterior

Exterior lamp switch ……………………

87

Front ……………………………………….

304

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

283

Rear ………………………………………..

305

Switching on/off …………………………

87

Lamps, indicator and warning

ABS ……………………………………

28, 289

Brakes ……………………………….

28, 289

Center console …………………………..

31

Coolant ………………………………

28, 295

Engine malfunction ………………

28, 295

ESP® ………………………………….

28, 293

Fog lamps ………………………………….

89

Front fog lamps …………………………..

28

Front passenger front air bag off

(Canada only) ……………………..

45, 297

Front passenger front air bag off

(USA only) …………………………..

42, 298

Fuel tank reserve …………………

28, 294

High-beam headlamps ……………

28, 90

Instrument cluster ……………….

28, 288

Low-beam headlamps …………….

28, 88

Low tire pressure/TPMS

malfunction telltale ………………

28, 296

Rear fog lamp …………………………….

28

Seat belt telltale …………….

28, 50, 292

SRS ………………………………

28, 36, 293

Turn signals ……………………………….

28

LATCH-type child seat anchors (ISOFIX)

see Children in the vehicle

License plate lamps

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

285

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

305

Light alloy wheels, cleaning ………….

256

Lighter

see Cigarette lighter

Index 11

Lighting …………………………………………

87

Daytime running lamp mode …………

88

Exterior ……………………………………..

87

Interior ………………………………………

92

Limp-home mode …………………………

108

Load index (tires) ………………….

235, 240

Loading

see Vehicle loading

Locator lighting ……………………………

122

Locking the vehicle

KEYLESS-GO ………………………………

67

Manually ………………………………….

299

SmartKey …………………………………..

66

Loss of

Key …………………………………………..

69

Service and Warranty Information

booklet ……………………………………

328

Low-beam headlamps …………………….

88

Exterior lamp switch ……………………

87

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

304

Switching on ………………………………

88

Lubricants ……………………………………

334

Lumbar support ……………………………..

80

M

Maintenance ………………………………….

20

Maintenance System

Service indicator display …………….

251

Service indicator message ………….

250

Service term exceeded ………………

250

Manual headlamp mode (Low-

beam headlamps) …………………………..

88

Maximum engine speed

see Vehicle specification

Maximum loaded vehicle weight

….. 240

Maximum load rating (tires) ………….

240

Maximum permissible tire

inflation pressure …………………………

240

Mechanical key

see Key, Mechanical

Media interface ……………………………

192

Memory function ………………………

33, 86

Menus

see Control system menus

Mirrors …………………………………………..

83

Auto-dimming rear view mirrors

……. 84

12 Index

Exterior rear view mirror parking

position ……………………………………..

85

Exterior rear view mirrors …………….

84

Interior rear view mirror ……………….

84

Memory function …………………………

86

Power-folding exterior rear view

mirrors ………………………………………

85

Vanity mirror …………………………….

196

MON (Motor Octane Number) ……….

337

Motor Octane Number

see MON

MP3 mode ……………………………………

146

Multifunction display ……………………

112

Symbol messages ……………………..

270

Text messages ………………………….

264

Vehicle status messages ……………

262

Multifunction display messages

ABS …………………………………

271, 272

Active headlamps ……………………..

283

Advanced TPMS ………………………..

268

Air bags …………………………………..

264

Alternator ………………………………..

281

Battery …………………………………….

281

Brake fluid ……………………………….

273

Brake pads ……………………………….

270

Cargo compartment …………………..

277

Child seat ………………………………..

267

Coolant ……………………………………

279

Corner-illuminating lamps …………..

286

Cruise control …………………………..

267

Doors ………………………………………

277

EBP …………………………………………

272

Engine oil …………………………………

282

ESP® ………………………..

271, 272, 274

Fog lamps …………………………

283, 285

Front passenger front air bag ……..

264

Gas cap ……………………………………

282

High-beam lamps ………………………

284

Hood ……………………………………….

277

License plate lamps …………………..

285

Light sensor ……………………………..

285

Low-beam lamps ……………………….

285

Parking brake …………………………..

272

Parking lamps …………………………..

284

Power steering ………………………….

279

Reserve fuel ……………………………..

282

Reverse lamp ……………………………

283

Side marker lamps …………………….

284

SmartKey …………………………………

277

SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO ……….

277

SRS …………………………………………

275

Tailgate ……………………………………

277

Tail lamps ………………………………..

286

Tele Aid ……………………………………

275

Tire inflation pressure …………

268, 288

Tire pressure monitor ………………..

268

Tires ………………………………..

268, 288

Trailer brake lamps ……………………

286

Trailer tail lamps ……………………….

286

Trailer turn signal lamps …………….

287

Turn signals ……………………………..

287

Multifunction steering wheel

Adjustment ………………………………..

82

Buttons ……………………………………

110

Cleaning …………………………………..

256

Easy-entry/exit feature ………..

83, 124

Memory function …………………………

86

Overview ……………………………………

29

N

Navigation system

see Separate operating instructions

Navi menu ……………………………………

115

NECK-PRO active front head

restraints ………………………………………

51

Resetting …………………………………

301

Nets, parcel …………………………………

188

Normal occupant weight ………………

240

Number, vehicle identification

(VIN) ……………………………………………

329

O

Occupant Classification System

see OCS (Occupant Classification

System)

Occupant distribution …………………..

240

Occupant safety

Air bags …………………………………….

37

BabySmart™ ………………………………

45

Children and air bags …………………..

37

Children in the vehicle …………………

53

Child seat anchors – LATCH-type

(ISOFIX) …………………………………….

57

Fastening the seat belts ……………….

49

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (Canada

only) ………………………………….

45, 297

Front passenger front air bag off

indicator lamp (USA only) ……..

42, 298

Infant and child restraint systems

…. 54

Introduction ……………………………….

36

ISOFIX (Child seat anchors –

LATCH-type) ……………………………….

57

OCS (Occupant Classification

System) …………………………………….

42

Seat belts …………………………….

39, 47

OCS (Occupant Classification

System) …………………………………………

42

Self-test …………………………………….

45

Odometer …………………………………….

113

Oil, oil level

see Engine oil

On-board computer

see Control system

One-touch gearshifting …………………

107

Operating safety …………………………….

22

Ornamental moldings, cleaning …….

254

Overhead control panel ………………….

32

P

Paintwork, cleaning ……………………..

252

Paintwork code ……………………………

329

Panic alarm ……………………………………

59

Panorama roof with power tilt/

sliding panel ………………………………..

185

Cleaning …………………………………..

255

Operation …………………………………

185

Roller sunblinds ………………………..

184

Synchronizing …………………………..

186

Parcel nets …………………………………..

188

Parking ………………………………………..

101

Parktronic system ……………………..

172

Parking brake ………………………………

102

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

272

Parking position

Exterior rear view mirrors …………….

85

Transmission position ………………..

104

Parktronic system

Cleaning system sensors ……………

254

Malfunction ………………………………

174

Index 13

Minimum distance …………………….

173

Sensor range ……………………………

172

Switching on/off ………………………

174

System sensors ………………………..

172

Warning indicators …………………….

173

Parts service ………………………………..

328

PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

(Canada only)

see Front passenger front air bag

off indicator lamp (Canada only)

PASS AIR BAG OFF indicator lamp

(USA only)

see Front passenger front air bag

off indicator lamp (USA only)

Passenger safety

see Occupant safety

Pedals ………………………………………….

244

Phone

see Telephone

Plastic parts, cleaning ………………….

256

Power assistance …………………………

244

Power outlets ………………………………

197

Power seats

see Seats

Power steering

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

279

Power tailgate

Closing ………………………………………

72

Opening …………………………………….

72

Power washer ………………………………

252

Power windows ……………………………..

95

Cleaning …………………………………..

255

Operation …………………………………..

95

Rear door window, override

switch ……………………………………….

58

Synchronizing …………………………….

96

Practical hints ……………………………..

260

Problems

While driving …………………………….

101

With vehicle ……………………………….

22

With wipers ………………………………..

95

Product information ……………………….

19

Production options weight ……………

240

Program mode selector switch

Automatic shift program …………….

106

14 Index

Proximity key

see Key, SmartKey

PSI (air pressure unit) …………………..

240

R

Radio …………………………………………..

136

Satellite radio …………………………..

140

Selecting stations ……………………..

115

Radio transmitters ……………………….

249

Rain sensor

see Intermittent wiping

Rear axle oil …………………………………

334

Rear center console ashtray

see Ashtrays

Rear center seat belt

Unblocking …………………………………

50

Rear doors

Child safety locks ……………………….

58

Rear door window

Override switch …………………………..

58

Rear fog lamp

see Fog lamps

Rear lamps

see Tail lamps

Rear seat head restraints

see Head restraints

Rear view camera …………………………

174

Cleaning the camera lens …………..

254

Rear window defroster …………………

184

Rear window wiper/washer ……………

94

Recommended tire inflation

pressure ……………………………….

219, 240

Refrigerant, air conditioning …………

336

Refueling ……………………………………..

212

Regular checks …………………………….

213

Reminder, Seat belt

see Seat belts, Telltale

Remote control

see Key, SmartKey

Remote door lock (Tele Aid) ………….

205

Remote door unlock (Tele Aid) ………

204

Replacing

Key …………………………………………..

70

Replacing bulbs ……………………………

303

Reporting safety defects ………………..

23

Research Octane Number

see RON

Reserve fuel

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

282

Warning lamp ……………………………

294

Restraint systems

see Occupant safety

Rims …………………………………….

241, 331

Roadside Assistance ……………….

20, 203

Roller sunblinds ……………………………

184

RON (Research Octane Number)

….. 337

Roof rack ……………………………………..

188

Rubber parts, cleaning ………………….

256

S

Safety

Driving safety systems …………………

59

Occupant safety ………………………….

36

Reporting defects ……………………….

23

Safety belts

see Seat belts

Satellite radio ………………………………

140

Seat belt force limiter …………………….

51

Seat belts ………………………………………

47

Children in the vehicle …………………

53

Cleaning …………………………………..

256

Fastening …………………………………..

49

Height adjustment ………………………

50

Proper use of ……………………………..

48

Rear center seat …………………………

50

Safety guidelines ………………………..

39

Safety notes ……………………………….

47

Telltale …………………………………….

292

Seat heating …………………………………..

81

Seating capacity …………………………..

228

Seats ……………………………………………..

78

Adjusting …………………………………..

33

Adjustment ………………………………..

78

Easy-entry/exit feature ………………..

83

Heating ……………………………………..

81

Memory function …………………………

86

Rear seat bench ………………………..

189

Securing cargo

Cargo tie-down rings ………………….

188

Selective setting

see Key, SmartKey

Selector lever

see Gear selector lever

Self-test

BabySmart™ ………………………………

46

OCS (Occupant Classification

System) …………………………………….

45

Tele Aid ……………………………………

201

Service

see Maintenance

Service, parts ………………………………

328

Service and warranty information …..

19

Service intervals

see Maintenance System, Service

indicator message

Service life (tires) …………………………

232

Service menu ……………………………….

118

Settings

Factory setting (KEYLESS-GO) ………

69

Factory setting (SmartKey) …………..

67

Memory function …………………………

86

Menu ………………………………………

119

Selective setting (KEYLESS-GO) …….

69

Selective setting (SmartKey) …………

67

Side impact air bags ………………………

40

Side marker lamps

Cleaning lenses ………………………..

254

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

284

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

304

Sidewall (tires) …………………………….

241

SmartKey

see Key, SmartKey

SmartKey with KEYLESS-GO

see Key, SmartKey

Snow chains ………………………………..

242

Snow tires

see Winter tires

Spare wheel …………………………………

331

Mounting …………………………………

312

Storage location ……………………….

262

Speedometer …………………………………

28

Speed settings

Cruise control …………………………..

169

Resume function ……………………….

170

Sport Utility Vehicle

see SUV

Index 15

SRS (Supplemental Restraint System)

Indicator lamp …………………….

36, 293

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

275

Standing water, driving through ……

246

Starter switch positions

KEYLESS-GO ………………………………

76

SmartKey …………………………………..

76

Starting difficulties (engine) …………..

99

Starting the engine ………………………..

98

Steering column

see Multifunction steering wheel,

Adjustment

Steering wheel

see Multifunction steering wheel

Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services

. . . 205

Storage compartments …………………

192

Storing tires …………………………………

233

Stranded vehicle ………………………….

324

Sun visors …………………………….

195, 196

SUV (Sport Utility Vehicle) ……………..

21

T

Tachometer …………………………….

28, 109

Overspeed range ………………………

109

Tailgate

Closing ………………………………………

71

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

277

Opening …………………………………….

71

Power tailgate …………………………….

72

Unlocking manually …………………..

300

Tail lamps …………………………………….

305

Cleaning lenses ………………………..

254

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

286

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

305

Tar stains …………………………………….

252

Technical data

Air conditioning refrigerant ….

335, 336

Brake fluid ………………………..

334, 336

Capacities fuels, coolants,

lubricants etc. …………………………..

334

Coolant …………………………….

334, 337

Engine oil additives ……………………

336

Engine oils ………………………..

334, 335

Fuel requirements ……………………..

337

16 Index

Gasoline additives ……………………..

337

Identification labels …………………..

328

Premium unleaded gasoline ………..

336

Rims and tires …………………………..

331

Spare wheel ……………………………..

333

Vehicle specification GLK 350 …….

330

Vehicle specification

GLK 350 4MATIC ………………………

330

Washer and headlamp cleaning

system ……………………………..

335, 339

Technical data (dimensions)

see Vehicle specification

Technical data (electrical system)

see Vehicle specification

Technical data (engine)

see Vehicle specification

Technical data (weights)

see Vehicle specification

Tele Aid ………………………………………..

200

Emergency calls ………………………..

201

Information button …………………….

203

Initiating an emergency call

manually ………………………………….

202

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

275

Remote door lock ……………………..

205

Remote door unlock ………………….

204

Roadside Assistance button ……….

203

Search & Send ………………………….

204

SOS button ………………………………

202

Stolen Vehicle Recovery Services .. 205

System self-test ………………………..

201

Telephone ………………………………

29, 155

Answering/ending a call …………….

117

Call lists …………………………………..

164

Emergency calls “911” ………………

161

Hands-free microphone ……………….

32

Making calls ……………………………..

165

Menu ………………………………………

117

Operation …………………………………

117

Phone book ………………………

117, 162

Redialing ………………………………….

118

Temperature

Coolant ……………………………………

109

Interior temperature ………………….

180

Outside ……………………………………

110

Tether anchorage points

see Children in the vehicle

Tie-down rings ……………………………..

188

Tightening torque

Wheels …………………………………….

317

Time setting …………………………………

121

TIN (Tire Identification Number) ……

241

Tire and Loading Information

placard ………………………………………..

227

Tire and loading terminology ………..

239

Tire Identification Number

see TIN

Tire inflation pressure

Checking ………………………………….

221

Important notes on ……………………

220

Label on the inside of fuel filler

flap …………………………………………

220

Placard on driver’s door B-pillar

…..

227

Tire labeling …………………………………

235

Tire load rating …………………………….

240

Tire ply composition and material

used …………………………………………….

241

Tire pressure loss warning system .

222

Tires …………………………………….

218, 331

Advanced Tire Pressure

Monitoring System (Advanced

TPMS) ……………………………………..

224

Air pressure ……………………………..

219

Care and maintenance ……………….

232

Cleaning …………………………………..

233

Direction of rotation, spinning …….

231

Important notes on tire inflation

pressure ………………………………….

220

Inflation pressure ………………………

221

Information placard …………………..

227

Inspection ………………………………..

232

Labeling …………………………………..

235

Load index ………………………..

235, 240

Load rating ………………………………

240

Messages in the multifunction

display ……………………………..

268, 288

Ply composition and material

used ………………………………………..

241

Problems under-/overinflation ……

221

Retreads ………………………………….

218

Rims and tires (technical data) ……

331

Rotation …………………………………..

234

Service life ……………………………….

232

Sizes ……………………………………….

331

Snow chains …………………………….

242

Speed rating ……………………..

236, 241

Storing …………………………………….

233

Temperature ……………………..

220, 234

Terminology ……………………………..

239

Tire Identification Number ………….

241

Tire pressure loss warning system . 222

TPMS low tire pressure/

malfunction telltale ……………………

296

Traction ……………………………

233, 241

Tread ………………………………………

241

Tread depth ………………………

232, 241

Treadwear ………………………………..

233

Treadwear indicators ………….

232, 241

Vehicle maximum load on …………..

241

Wear pattern …………………………….

234

Winter tires ……………………….

241, 331

Tire speed rating …………………..

236, 241

Tongue Weight Rating

see TWR

Top tether

see Children in the vehicle

Total load limit ……………………………..

241

Towing

Towing eye bolt …………………………

322

Trailer ………………………………

106, 246

Vehicle …………………………………….

321

Towing eye bolt ……………………………

322

Traction ………………………………..

233, 241

Trailer towing ……………………….

106, 246

Coupling a trailer ………………………

247

Decoupling ……………………………….

249

Electrical connections ………………..

246

Towing …………………………………….

248

Trailer hitch ……………………………..

246

Weights and ratings …………………..

247

Transfer case ……………………………….

108

Transmission

see Automatic transmission

Transmission fluid level ………………..

216

Transmission gear selector lever

see Gear selector lever

Transmission positions ………………..

104

Traveling abroad ………………………….

249

Tread (tires) …………………………………

241

Tread depth (tires) ………………..

232, 241

Treadwear ……………………………………

233

Treadwear indicators (tires) ….

232, 241

Index 17

Trip menu …………………………………….

113

Turning off the engine ………………….

102

Turn signals …………………………………..

90

Cleaning lenses ………………………..

254

Indicator lamps …………………………..

28

Messages in the multifunction

display …………………………………….

287

Replacing bulbs ………………………..

304

TWR (Tongue Weight Rating) ………..

241

U

Uniform Tire Quality Grading

Standards …………………………….

233, 241

Units

Selecting speedometer display

mode ………………………………………

120

Unleaded gasoline, premium ………..

336

Unlocking the vehicle

KEYLESS-GO ………………………………

67

Manually ………………………………….

299

SmartKey …………………………………..

66

Upholstery, cleaning …………………….

257

Useful features …………………………….

195

V

Vehicle

Battery …………………………………….

317

Care ………………………………………..

251

Control system …………………………

110

Identification Number (VIN) ………..

328

Locking/unlocking ………………………

66

Lowering (wheel change) ……………

317

Modifications and alterations,

Operating safety …………………………

22

Towing …………………………………….

321

Unlocking/locking manually ……….

299

Vehicle dimensions

see Vehicle specification

Vehicle Identification Number

(VIN) ……………………………………………

328

Vehicle jack

see Jack

Vehicle lighting ………………………………

87

Vehicle loading

Cargo tie-down rings ………………….

188

Instructions ………………………………

187

18 Index

Load limit …………………………………

228

Roof rack …………………………………

188

Split rear seat bench …………………

189

Terminology ……………………………..

239

Vehicle maximum load on the tire

241

Vehicle specification

GLK 350 ………………………………….

330

GLK 350 4MATIC ………………………

330

Vehicle status message memory ….

118

Vehicle tool kit …………………………….

260

Vehicle washing

see Vehicle care

Vehicle weights

see Vehicle specification

W

Warning sounds

Driver’s or passenger’s seat belt …..

50

Parking brake …………………………..

272

Parktronic system ……………………..

174

Seat belt telltale ……………………….

292

Warranty coverage ……………………….

328

Washer and headlamp cleaning

system …………………………………………

339

Washer fluid

Mixing ratio ………………………………

339

Refilling ……………………………………

217

Washing the vehicle ……………………..

251

Wear pattern (tires) ……………………..

234

Weights (vehicle)

see Vehicle specification

Wheel

Changing …………………………………

312

Removing …………………………………

314

Spare ………………………………………

312

Tightening torque ………………………

317

Wheels, sizes ……………………………….

331

Wheels, Tires and …………………………

218

Window curtain air bags …………………

41

Windows

see Power windows

Windows, cleaning ……………………….

255

Windshield

Cleaning wiper blades ………………..

255

Defogging ………………………………..

182

Washer fluid ……………………………..

339

Wipers ………………………………………

93

Windshield wipers

Replacing wiper blades

……………… 310

Winter driving

Instructions ………………………………

243

Snow chains …………………………….

242

Tires ………………………………………..

241

Winter tires …………………………..

241, 331

Wood trims, cleaning ……………………

257

Product Information

Please observe the following in your own best interest:

We recommend using Genuine MercedesBenz Parts as well as conversion parts and accessories explicitly approved by us for your vehicle model.

We have tested these parts to determine their reliability, safety and special suitability for Mercedes-Benz vehicles.

We are unable to make an assessment for other products and therefore cannot be held responsible for them, even if in individual cases an official approval or authorization by governmental or other agencies should exist. Use of such parts and accessories could adversely affect the safety, performance or reliability of your vehicle. Please do not use them.

Genuine Mercedes-Benz Parts and preapproved conversion parts and accessories are available at any authorized MercedesBenz Center. In addition, you will receive comprehensive information on permissible technical modifications and expert installations.

Operator’s Manual

Notes

This Operator’s Manual contains a great deal of useful information. We urge you to read it carefully and familiarize yourself with the vehicle before driving.

For your own safety and longer service life of the vehicle, we urge you to follow the instructions and warnings contained in this Operator’s Manual. Ignoring them could result in damage to the vehicle or personal injury to you or others. Vehicle damage caused by failure to follow instructions is not covered by the Mercedes-Benz Limited Warranty.

Introduction 19

We continuously strive to improve our product and ask for your understanding that we reserve the right to make changes in design and equipment. Therefore, information, illustrations, and descriptions in this Operator’s Manual might differ from your vehicle.

Vehicle equipment

Your vehicle may have some or all of the equipment described in this manual. Therefore, you may find explanations for optional equipment not installed in your vehicle. If you have any questions about operating particular equipment, any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will be glad to demonstrate the proper procedures.

Optional equipment is also described in this manual, including operating instructions wherever necessary. Since they are specialorder items, the descriptions and illustrations herein may vary slightly from the actual equipment of your vehicle.

If there are any equipment details that are not shown or described in this Operator’s Manual, any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center will be glad to inform you of correct care and operating procedures. The Operator’s Manual and Maintenance Booklet are important documents and should be kept with the vehicle.

Service and warranty information

The Service and Warranty Information booklet contains detailed information about the warranties covering your Mercedes-Benz, including:

RNew Vehicle Limited Warranty REmission System Warranty REmission Performance Warranty

RCalifornia, Connecticut, Maine, Massachusetts, New York, Pennsylvania,

Z

20 Introduction

Rhode Island, and Vermont Emission

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC

Control System Warranty

Customer Assistance Center

RState Warranty Enforcement Laws (Lemon

One Mercedes Drive

Laws)

Montvale, NJ 07645-0350

Important notice for California retail buyers and lessees of Mercedes-Benz automobiles

Under California law you may be entitled to a replacement of your vehicle or a refund of the purchase price or lease price, if after a reasonable number of repair attempts Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC and/or its authorized repair or service facilities fail to fix one or more substantial defects or malfunctions in the vehicle that are covered by its express warranty. During the period of 18 months from original delivery of the vehicle or the accumulation of 18 000 miles (approximately 29 000 km) on the odometer of the vehicle, whichever occurs first, a reasonable number of repair attempts is presumed for a retail buyer or lessee if one or more of the following occurs:

(1)the same substantial defect or malfunction results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven, that defect or malfunction has been subject to repair two or more times, and you have directly notified Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC in writing of the need for its repair,

(2)the same substantial defect or malfunction of a less serious nature than category (1) has been subject to repair four or more times and you have directly notified us in writing of the need for its repair, or

(3)the vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of the same or different substantial defects or malfunctions for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days.

Written notification should not be sent to a dealer, it should be addressed to

Maintenance

The Maintenance Booklet describes all the necessary maintenance work which should be performed at regular intervals.

Always have the Maintenance Booklet with you when you take the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for service. The service advisor will record each service in the booklet for you.

Roadside Assistance

The Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance Program provides factory-trained technical help in the event of a breakdown. Calls to the toll-free Roadside Assistance number

1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) (in the USA) 1-800-387-0100 (in Canada)

will be answered by Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Representatives 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.

Roadside Assistance will be provided in accordance with standard program guidelines which include providing service to the vehicle up to a reasonable distance from a paved roadway. We will make every effort to assist in a breakdown situation, however, the accessibility of your vehicle will be determined by our authorized Mercedes-Benz Center technician or the tow service provider on a case-by-case basis and may be a factor in our ability to respond.

Additional charges may be applicable for a breakdown location determined not to be a reasonably accessible roadside location as determined by our authorized technician and tow service provider.

For additional information refer to the Mercedes-Benz Roadside Assistance

Program brochure (in the USA) or the Roadside Assistance section of the Service and Warranty Information Booklet (in Canada) in your vehicle literature portfolio.

Change of address or ownership

If you change your address, be sure to send in the “Change of Address Notice” found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet, or simply call the Mercedes-Benz Customer Assistance Center (in the USA) at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372), or Customer Service (in Canada) at 1-800-387-0100. This will assist us in contacting you in a timely manner should the need arise.

If you sell your Mercedes, please leave all literature with the vehicle to make it available to the next operator.

If you bought this vehicle used, be sure to send in the “Notice of Purchase of Used Truck” found in the Service and Warranty Information Booklet, or call the MercedesBenz Customer Assistance Center (in the USA) at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372), or Customer Service (in Canada) at 1-800-387-0100.

Operating your vehicle outside the USA or Canada

If you plan to operate your vehicle in foreign countries, please be aware that:

RService facilities or replacement parts may not be readily available.

RUnleaded gasoline for vehicles with catalytic converters may not be available; the use of leaded fuels will damage the catalysts.

RGasoline may have a considerably lower octane rating, and improper fuel can cause engine damage.

Certain Mercedes-Benz models are available for delivery in Europe under our European

Introduction 21

Delivery Program. For details, consult an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or write to:

In the USA:

Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC European Delivery Department One Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645-0350

In Canada:

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc. European Delivery Department 98 Vanderhoof Avenue Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Sport Utility Vehicle

G Warning!

This Sport Utility Vehicle is designed for both on-road and off-road use. It can go places and perform tasks for which conventional 2-wheel drive passenger cars are not intended. This vehicle will handle and maneuver differently from conventional passenger cars in driving conditions which may occur on streets, highways and off-road use.

This vehicle has a higher ground clearance and a higher center of gravity than many passenger cars. As with other vehicles of this type, if you make sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers, the vehicle may roll over or may go out of control and crash. Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Failure to operate this vehicle safely may result in an accident, rollover of the vehicle, and severe or fatal injury.

Before you start to drive this vehicle, read the Operator’s Manual. Take time to become familiar with the driving characteristics of this vehicle. Be sure you are familiar with all vehicle controls. Learn how your vehicle handles on different road surfaces. Do not attempt sharp turns at excessive speeds or abrupt maneuvers or other unsafe driving actions that can cause loss of vehicle control. When driving off-road or working the vehicle hard, do not overload it. And, always wear

Z

22 Introduction

your seat belts at all times. In a rollover crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.

Operating safety

G Warning!

Work improperly carried out on electronic components and associated software could cause them to cease functioning. Because the vehicle’s electronic components are interconnected, any modifications made may produce an undesired effect on other systems. Electronic malfunctions could seriously impair the operating safety of your vehicle.

Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for repairs or modifications to electronic components.

Other improper work or modifications on the vehicle could also have a negative impact on the operating safety of the vehicle.

Some safety systems only function while the engine is running. You should therefore never turn off the engine while driving.

G Warning!

Heavy blows against the vehicle underbody or tires/wheels may cause serious damage and impair the operating safety of your vehicle.

Such blows can be caused, for example, by running over an obstacle, road debris or a pothole. If you feel a sudden significant vibration or ride disturbance, or you suspect that damage to your vehicle as occurred:

Rturn on your hazard warning flashers Rslow down carefully

Rdrive with caution to an area which is a safe distance from the road

Inspect the vehicle underbody and tires/ wheels for possible damage. If the vehicle appears unsafe, have it towed to the nearest

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center or other qualified maintenance or repair facility for further inspection or repairs.

Proper use of the vehicle

Proper use of the vehicle requires that you are familiar with the following information and rules:

Rthe safety precautions in this manual Rthe “Technical data” section in this manual Rtraffic rules and regulations

Rmotor vehicle laws and safety standards

G Warning!

Various warning labels are attached to your vehicle. These warning labels are intended to make you and others aware of various risks. Do not remove any of these warning labels unless explicitly instructed to do so by information on the label itself. Removing warning labels may cause you and others to be unaware of certain risks which may result in an accident and/or personal injury.

Problems with your vehicle

If you should experience a problem with your vehicle, particularly one that you believe may affect its safe operation, we urge you to contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have the problem diagnosed and corrected if required. If the matter is not handled to your satisfaction, please discuss the problem with the Mercedes-Benz Center management or, if necessary, contact us at one of the following addresses:

In the USA:

Customer Assistance Center Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC One Mercedes Drive Montvale, NJ 07645-0350

In Canada:

Customer Relations Department

Mercedes-Benz Canada, Inc.

98 Vanderhoof Avenue

Toronto, Ontario M4G 4C9

Reporting safety defects

For the USA only:

The following text is published as required of manufacturers under Title 49, Code of U.S. Federal Regulations, Part 575 pursuant to the “National Traffic and Motor Vehicle Safety Act of 1966”.

Reporting safety defects

If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.

If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or Mercedes-Benz USA, LLC.

To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to www.safercar.gov; or write to: Administrator, NHTSA Headquarters,

1200 New Jersey Avenue, SE, West Building, Washington, DC 20590.

You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from www.safercar.gov.

Introduction 23

Vehicle data recording

Information regarding electronic recording devices

(Including notice pursuant to California Code § 9951)

Please note that your vehicle is equipped with devices that can record vehicle systems data and, if equipped with the Tele Aid system, may transmit some data in certain accidents.

This information helps, for example, to diagnose vehicle systems after a collision and to continuously improve vehicle safety. Daimler may access the information and share it with others

Rfor safety research or vehicle diagnosis purposes

Rwith the consent of the vehicle owner or lessee

Rin response to an official request by law enforcement or other government agency

Rfor use in dispute resolution involving Daimler, its affiliates or sales/service organization and/or

Ras otherwise required or permitted by law

Please check the Tele Aid subscription service agreement for details regarding the information that may be recorded or transmitted via that system.

Z

24

25

Exterior view …………………………………

26

Cockpit ………………………………………….

27

Instrument cluster …………………………

28

Multifunction steering wheel ………….

29

Center console ………………………………

31

Overhead control panel ………………….

32

Driver’s door control panel and

seat adjustment …………………………….

33

At a glance

26 Exterior view

Exterior view

At a glance

i This Operator’s Manual describes all features, standard or optional, potentially available for your vehicle at the time of purchase. Please be aware that your vehicle might not be equipped with all features described in this manual.

Function

Page

:

Tailgate

71

Power tailgate

72

Locking and unlocking

66

Unlocking and opening

manually

300

;

Rear window defroster

184

=

Rear lamps

303

?Doors:

Locking and unlocking

66

Unlocking/locking

manually

299

A

Wipers

93

Wiper blades, replacing

310

Wiper blades, cleaning

255

B

Windshield:

Function

Page

Wiping with washer fluid

93

Cleaning

255

C

Panorama roof with power

tilt/sliding panel

184

D

Exterior rear view mirrors

84

E

Hood

214

F

Front lamps

303

G

Headlamp cleaning system

91

H

Front towing eye

322

I

Tires and wheels

218

Rims and tires

331

J

Fuel filler flap

212

K

Rear towing eye

322

Cockpit 27

Cockpit

At a glance

Function

Page

:

Cruise control lever

168

;

Instrument cluster

28,

108

=

Multifunction steering

29,

wheel

110

?

Horn

AFront Parktronic warning

indicators

173

B

Overhead control panel

32

C

Glove box

192

D

Glove box lock

192

E

Center console

31

F

Starter switch

76

GSteering wheel release

HSteering wheel adjustment

stalk (electrical)

82

I

Combination switch:

90

Turn signals

90

Wipers

93

High beam

90

J

Parking brake pedal

102

KOn-board diagnostics (OBD) socket

L

Hood lock release

214

M

Parking brake release

102

N

Exterior lamp switch

87

O

Door control panel and seat

adjustment/memory

33

Z

28 Instrument cluster

Instrument cluster

At a glance

Function

Page

:

Combination gauge with:

Fuel gauge

8Fuel tank reserve

warning lamp

294

Coolant temperature gauge

?Coolant temperature

warning lamp

295

Indicator/warning lamps:

KHigh-beam headlamp

90

indicator lamp

LLow-beam headlamp

indicator lamp

88

;Engine malfunction

295

indicator lamp

$Brake warning lamp,

USA only

291

JBrake warning lamp,

291

Canada only

;

# Left turn signal

90

indicator lamp

=

d ESP® warning lamp

293

Function

Page

?

Speedometer

A

Multifunction display

112

B

! Right turn signal

90

indicator lamp

C

Tachometer with:

NFront fog lamps

89

indicator lamp

RRear fog lamp

89

indicator lamp

hCombination low tire

pressure/TPMS

224,

malfunction telltale, USA

only

296

6Supplemental

Restraint System (SRS)

36,

indicator lamp

293

!Antilock Brake

System (ABS) indicator

289

lamp

7Seat belt telltale

50,

292

Multifunction steering wheel 29

Function

Page

Multifunction steering wheel

D

Outside temperature/

110,

additional speedometer

121

E

Outside temperature

110,

121

F

Program mode indicator

106

GTransmission position

indicator/ gear range

104,

indicator

106

H

Digital clock

Setting the time

121

IInstrument cluster

At a glance

Function

Page

:

Multifunction display

112

;

Press button W or X

115

to set the volume.

Press button ~:

to end a call

117

to reject an incoming call

117

Press button 6:

to answer a call

117

to dial1

117

to redial1

118

Press button 8to mute.

= Press button ?to activate the Voice Control System2.

1 Function only available in telephone menu.

2The Voice Control System is only available with the COMAND system. Refer to separate operating instructions.

Z

30 Multifunction steering wheel

Function

Page

?

Press button %briefly:

glance

to go to the next higher

menu level

111

a

to confirm display message

111

to cancel the Voice Control

At

System2

Press and hold button

%to select the standard

display.

112

A

Press button =or ;:

111

to call up line for menus

to scroll to the left or right

to select menus

Press button 9 or :

briefly:

111

to select submenus

to scroll up or down through

lists

to select previous or next

track, scene, or stored

station within Audio menu

115

to switch to the phone book

and select a name or

number within Tel menu

117

Press and hold button

9 or ::

111

to select previous or next

track or scene with quick

search or to select previous

or next station in waveband

(if no station list is

available) within Audio

menu

115

to start the quick search in

the phone book within Tel

menu

117

Function

Page

Press button a:

to confirm selection or

message

112

to switch to the phone

book1

117

to dial a selected phone

number1

117

2The Voice Control System is only available with the COMAND system. Refer to separate operating instructions.

1 Function only available in telephone menu.

Center console 31

Center console

Upper part

Lower part

At a glance

Function

Page

:

Ashtray

196

Cigarette lighter

197

;Gear selector lever for

automatic transmission

103

=

Cup holder

195

?

Front armrest storage

compartments

192

A

Audio controller

129

COMAND controller (see

separate operating

instructions)

BProgram mode selector switch for automatic

:Hazard warning flasher

;Alarm system indicator

lamp

63

=

Front passenger front air

bag off indicator lamp, USA

42,

only

298

Front passenger front air

bag off indicator lamp,

45,

Canada only

297

?

Electronic Stability

Program (ESP®) switch

63

A

Audio system

125

or

COMAND system, see separate operating instructions

BSeat heating, front

C Parktronic system

deactivation switch

174

Z

32 Overhead control panel

Function

Page

D

Dual-zone automatic

glance

climate control

177

Rear window defroster

184

At a

E

Seat heating, driver’s side

81

Overhead control panel

Function

Page

:

Rear interior lighting on/off

92

;

Interior lighting control

92

=

Right reading lamp on/off

92

?

Roof panel switch

185

AInformation button (Tele

Aid system)

203

B

SOS button (Tele Aid

system)

202

C

Interior rear view mirror

84

DIntegrated electronic

compass

199

E

Garage door opener

205

FHands-free microphone for Tele Aid (emergency call system), telephone and Voice Control System3

3The Voice Control System is only available with the COMAND system. Refer to separate operating instructions.

Driver’s door control panel and seat adjustment 33

Function

Page

G

Roadside Assistance

button (Tele Aid system)

203

H

Left reading lamp on/off

92

IFront interior lighting on/

Driver’s door control panel and seat adjustment

At a glance

Function

Page

:

Inside door handle

70

;

Central unlocking switch

71

=

Seat adjustment

79

?

Memory function for

storing seat, exterior

mirror, and steering wheel

settings

86

A

Exterior rear view mirrors

adjustment

84

Power-folding exterior rear

view mirrors4

85

B

Switches for opening/

closing front and rear door

windows

95

C

Rear door window override

switch

58

4 Depending on vehicle production date.

Z

34 Driver’s door control panel and seat adjustment

At a glance

DRemote tailgate opening/

closing switch

74

E

Central locking switch

71

Seat adjustment, vehicles without memory function

Function

Page

=

Seat adjustment

79

35

Vehicle equipment …………………………

36

Occupant safety …………………………….

36

Panic alarm ……………………………………

59

Driving safety systems …………………..

59

Anti-theft systems …………………………

63

Safety and security

36

Occupant safety

Vehicle equipment

i This Operator’s Manual describes all

features, standard or optional, potentially

available for your vehicle at the time of

security

purchase. Please be aware that your

vehicle might not be equipped with all

features described in this manual.

and

Occupant safety

Safety

Introduction

important facts about the restraint system

In this section you will learn the most

components of the vehicle.

The restraint systems are:

RSeat belts

RChild restraints

RLower Anchors and Tethers for CHildren

(LATCH) also known as ISOFIX

Additional protection potential is provided by:

RSupplemental Restraint System (SRS) with

Air bags

Air bag control unit (with crash sensors)

Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD) for seat belts

Seat belt force limiter

RNECK-PRO active front head restraints RAir bag system components with

Front passenger front air bag off indicator lamp

USA only: Front passenger seat with Occupant Classification System (OCS)

Canada only: Front passenger seat with BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system

Although the systems are independent, their protective functions work in conjunction with each other.

G Warning!

Modifications to or work improperly conducted on restraint system components or their wiring, as well as tampering with interconnected electronic systems, can lead to the restraint systems no longer functioning as intended.

Air bags or Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs), for example, could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in accidents although the deceleration threshold for air bag deployment is exceeded. Therefore, never modify the restraint systems. Do not tamper with electronic components or their software.

i See “Children in the vehicle” (Y page 53) for information on

Rinfants and children traveling with you in the vehicle

Rrestraint systems for infants and children

SRS indicator lamp

The SRS system conducts a self-test when the ignition is switched on and in regular intervals while the engine is running. This facilitates detection of system malfunctions.

The SRS indicator lamp 6in the instrument cluster comes on when the ignition is switched on. It goes out no later than a few seconds after the engine has been started.

The SRS components are in operational readiness when the SRS indicator lamp 6is not lit while the engine is running.

G Warning!

The SRS self-check has detected a malfunction when the SRS indicator lamp

6

Rdoes not come on at all

Rfails to go out after approximately

4 seconds after the engine was started

Rcomes on after the engine was started or while driving

For your safety, we strongly recommend that you contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center immediately to have the system checked. Otherwise the SRS may not be activated when needed in an accident, which could result in serious or fatal injury. The SRS might also deploy unexpectedly and unnecessarily which could also result in injury as well.

In addition, improper work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

If it is necessary to modify an air bag system to accommodate a person with disabilities, contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center. USA only: Call our Customer Assistance Center at 1-800-FOR-MERCedes (1-800-367-6372) for details.

Air bags

G Warning!

Air bags are designed to reduce the potential of injury and fatality in certain

Rfrontal impacts (front air bags)

Rside impacts (side impact air bags and window curtain air bags)

Rrollovers (window curtain air bags)

However, no system available today can completely eliminate injuries and fatalities.

Occupant safety

37

Deployment of the air bags temporarily

releases a small amount of dust from the air

bags. This dust, however, is neither harmful

to your health, nor does it indicate a fire in the

vehicle. The dust might cause some

security

temporary breathing difficulty for people with

asthma or other breathing trouble. To avoid

this, you may wish to get out of the vehicle as

soon as it is safe to do so. If you have any

breathing difficulty but cannot get out of the

and

vehicle after the air bag inflates, then get fresh

air by opening a window or door.

Safety

To reduce the risk of injury when the front air

G Warning!

bags inflate, it is very important for the driver and front passenger to always be in a properly seated position and to wear their respective seat belt.

For maximum protection in the event of a collision always be in normal seated position with your back against the seat backrest. Fasten your seat belt and make sure it is properly positioned on your body.

Since the air bag inflates with considerable speed and force, a proper seating position and correct positioning of the hands on the steering wheel will help to keep you at a safe distance from the air bag. Occupants who are not wearing their seat belt, are not seated properly or are too close to the air bag can be seriously injured or killed by an air bag as it inflates with great force instantaneously:

RSit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest.

RMove the driver’s seat as far back as possible, still permitting proper operation of vehicle controls. The distance from the center of the driver’s chest to the center of the air bag cover on the steering wheel must be at least 10 inches (25 cm) or more. You should be able to accomplish this by adjusting the seat and steering wheel. If

Z

38

Occupant safety

you have any difficulties, please contact an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RDo not lean your head or chest close to the

steering wheel or dashboard.

security

RKeep hands on the outside of the steering

wheel rim. Placing hands and arms inside

the rim can increase the risk and potential

severity of hand/arm injury when the driver

and

front air bag inflates.

RAdjust the front passenger seat as far as

Safety

possible rearward from the dashboard

when the seat is occupied.

ROccupants, especially children, should never place their bodies or lean their heads in the area of the door where the side impact air bag inflates. This could result in serious injuries or death should the side impact air bag be deployed. Always sit as upright as possible, wear the seat belt properly and use an appropriately sized infant restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child.

RCanada only: Children 12 years old and under must never ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-Benz authorized BabySmart™ compatible child seat, which operates with the BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system installed in the vehicle to deactivate the front passenger front air bag when it is installed properly. Otherwise they will be struck by the air bag when it inflates in a crash. If this happens, serious or fatal injury will result.

Failure to follow these instructions can result in severe injuries to you or other occupants.

If you sell your vehicle, it is important that you make the buyer aware of this safety information. Be sure to give the buyer this Operator’s Manual.

G Warning!

Accident research shows that the safest place for children in an automobile is in a rear seat.

There is a possibility for a side impact air bagrelated injury if occupants, especially children, are not properly seated or restrained when next to a side impact air bag which needs to deploy rapidly in a side impact in order to do its job.

To help avoid the possibility of injury, please follow these guidelines:

(1)Always sit as upright as possible, wear the seat belt properly, and for children 12 years old and under, use an appropriately sized infant restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat recommended for the size and weight of the child.

(2)Always wear seat belts properly.

Air bags are designed to deploy only in certain Rfrontal impacts (front air bags)

Rside impacts (side impact and window curtain air bags) if the system determines the need for air bag deployment

Rrollovers (window curtain air bags)

Only in the event of such a situation will they provide their supplemental protection.

The driver and passengers should always wear their seat belts. Otherwise it is not possible for the air bags to provide their supplemental protection.

In case of other types of impacts and impacts below air bag deployment thresholds, air bags will not deploy. The driver and passengers will then be protected to the extent possible by a properly fastened seat belt. A properly fastened seat belt is also needed to provide the best possible protection in a rollover.

Air bags are not a substitute for seat belts. Always wear your seat belt, regardless of whether or not your vehicle is equipped with air bags.

It is important to your safety and that of your passengers to have deployed air bags replaced and to have any malfunctioning air

bags repaired. This will help to make sure the air bags will continue to provide supplemental crash protection for occupants.

Safety guidelines for the seat belt, Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD) and air bag

G Warning!

RDamaged seat belts or seat belts that have been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced. Their anchoring points must also be checked. Only use seat belts installed or supplied by an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RAir bags and pyrotechnic Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs) contain perchlorate material, which may require special handling and regard for the environment. Check with your local government’s disposal guidelines. California residents, see www.dtsc.ca.gov/HazardousWaste/ Perchlorate/index.cfm.

RAir bags and ETDs are designed to function on a one-time-only basis. An air bag or ETD that has deployed must be replaced.

RDo not pass seat belts over sharp edges. They could tear.

RDo not make any modification that could change the effectiveness of the seat belts.

RDo not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection.

RNo modifications of any kind may be made to any components or wiring of the SRS.

RDo no change or remove any component or part of the SRS.

RDo not install additional trim material, seat covers, badges, etc. over the steering wheel hub, front passenger front air bag cover, outboard sides of the seat backrests, door trim panels, or door frame trims.

Occupant safety

39

RDo not install additional electrical/

electronic equipment on or near SRS

components and wiring.

RKeep area between air bags and occupants

free of objects (e.g. packages, purses,

security

umbrellas, etc.).

RDo not hang items such as coat hangers

from the coat hooks or handles over the

door. These items may be thrown around in

and

the vehicle and cause head and other

injuries when the window curtain air bag is

Safety

an air bag has inflated. Do not touch them.

deployed.

RAir bag system components will be hot after

RNever place your feet on the instrument panel, dashboard, or on the seat. Always keep both feet on the floor in front of the seat.

RImproper repair work on the SRS creates a risk of rendering the SRS inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment. Work on the SRS must therefore only be performed by qualified technicians. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RFor your protection and the protection of others, when scrapping the air bag unit or ETD, our safety instructions must be followed. These instructions are available from any authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

RGiven the considerable deployment speed, required inflation volume, and the material of the air bags, there is the possibility of abrasions or other, potentially more serious injuries resulting from air bag deployment.

If you sell your vehicle, we strongly recommend that you inform the subsequent owner that the vehicle is equipped with SRS. Also refer them to the applicable section in the Operator’s Manual.

Z

40 Occupant safety

Front air bags

G Observe Safety notes, see page 37.

and security

Safety

Driver’s front air bag : and front passenger

front air bag ; are designed to provide

increased protection for the driver and front

passenger against the risk of injuries to the

head and thorax.

Driver and front passenger front air bags are

deployed

Rin the event of certain frontal impacts

Rif the system determines that air bag

deployment can offer additional protection

to that provided by the seat belt

Rdepending on whether the respective seat

belt is in use

Rindependently of the side impact air bags

and/or the window curtain air bags

The front air bags in this vehicle have been

designed to inflate in two stages. This allows

the air bags to have different rates of inflation.

The rate of inflation is based on the vehicle

deceleration rate as assessed by the air bag

control unit.

Vehicles with OCS, USA only: The front

passenger front air bag deployment is

additionally influenced by the passenger’s

weight category as identified by the Occupant

Classification System (OCS) (Y page 42).

Vehicles with OCS, USA only: The lighter the

front passenger-side occupant, the higher the

vehicle deceleration rate required for second

stage inflation of the front passenger front air

bag.

The air bags will not deploy in impacts which do not exceed the system’s preset deployment thresholds. You will then be protected by the fastened seat belts.

The front air bags will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle’s rate of longitudinal deceleration or acceleration exceeds the preset deployment threshold for the front air bags.

The front passenger front air bag will only be deployed if

Rvehicles with OCS, USA only: the system, based on OCS weight sensor readings, detects that the front passenger seat is occupied

Rthe 45indicator lamp in the center console is not lit (USA only: (Y page 42), Canada only: (Y page 45))

Rthe impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold

! Vehicles with BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system (Canada only): Do not place objects heavier than 20 lb (9 kg) on the front passenger seat. This could cause the front or side impact air bag on the front passenger side to deploy in a crash which exceeds the system’s deployment threshold.

Side impact air bags

GObserve Safety notes, see page 37.

GWarning!

The pressure sensors for side impact air bag control are located in the doors. Do not modify any components of the doors or door trim panels including, for example, the addition of door speakers.

Improper repair work on the doors or the modification or addition of components to the doors create a risk of rendering the side impact air bags inoperative or causing unintended air bag deployment. Work on the doors must therefore only be performed by

qualified technicians. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Side impact air bags : are designed to provide increased protection for the thorax but not the head, neck and arms of the driver or front passenger.

The side impact air bags : are deployed Ron the impacted side of the vehicle

Rin instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration

Rregardless of whether the seat belts on the impacted side of the vehicle are in use

Rindependently of the front air bags Rindependently of the ETDs

Vehicles with OCS (USA only): The front passenger side impact air bag will not deploy if the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is empty and the front passenger seat belt is not fastened. With the front passenger seat empty and the seat belt fastened, the front passenger side impact air bag will deploy independently of the empty seat. Whether a seat belt is recognized as fastened depends on whether or not the latch plate is properly inserted into the buckle.

Side impact air bags : are not deployed in side impacts which do not exceed the system’s deployment threshold.

Side impact air bags : will not deploy in the event of a rollover unless the vehicle’s rate of lateral deceleration or acceleration exceeds

Occupant safety

41

the preset deployment threshold for side

impact air bags :.

! Vehicles with BabySmart™ air bag

deactivation system (Canada only): Do not

place objects heavier than 20 lb (9 kg) on

security

exceeds the system’s deployment

the front passenger seat. This could cause

the front or side impact air bag on the front

passenger side to deploy in a crash which

threshold.

and

G Warning!

Safety

vehicle model. Using other seat covers may

Only use seat covers which have been tested

and approved by Mercedes-Benz for your

interfere with or prevent the deployment of

the side impact air bags. Contact an

authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for

availability.

Window curtain air bags

G Observe Safety notes, see page 37.

Window curtain air bags : are designed to provide increased protection for the head but not the chest or arms.

Window curtain air bags : are deployed Ron the impacted side of the vehicle

Rin instances with a high rate of lateral vehicle deceleration or acceleration

Rindependently of the front air bags

Rregardless of whether the front passenger seat is occupied

Z

42

Occupant safety

Rregardless of whether the seat belt on the

impacted side of the vehicle is in use

Rin certain vehicle rollovers, if the system

determines that air bag deployment can

offer additional protection to that provided

security

by the seat belt

Window curtain air bags : are not deployed

in impacts which do not exceed the system’s

and

deployment threshold.

Window curtain air bags :deploy in the area

Safety

indicated by the arrows.

Occupant Classification System

The Occupant Classification System (OCS) is

standard equipment in USA.

The OCS activates or deactivates the front

passenger front air bag automatically. The

respective status is based on the classified

occupant weight category determined by

weight sensor readings from the front

passenger seat.

The system does not deactivate

Rthe front passenger side impact air bag

Rthe window curtain air bag

Rthe Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs)

To be classified correctly, the front passenger

must sit

Rwith the seat belt properly fastened

Rin a position that is as upright as possible

with the back against the seat backrest

Rwith the feet on the floor

If the occupant’s weight is transferred to

another object in the vehicle (e.g. by leaning

on armrests), the OCS may not be able to

properly approximate the occupant’s weight

category.

If your seat, including the trim cover and

cushion, needs to be serviced in any way, take

the vehicle to an authorized Mercedes-Benz

Center.

Only seat accessories approved by Mercedes-Benz may be used.

Both the driver and the front passenger should always use the 45indicator lamp as an indication of whether or not the front passenger is properly positioned.

G Warning!

If the 45indicator lamp illuminates when an adult or someone larger than a small individual is in the front passenger seat, have the front passenger reposition himself or herself in the seat until the 45 indicator lamp goes out.

In the event of a collision, the air bag control unit will not allow front passenger front air bag deployment when the OCS has classified the front passenger seat occupant as weighting as much as or less than a typical 12-month- old child in a standard child restraint or if the front passenger seat is classified as being empty.

When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being up to or less than the weight of a typical 12-month-old child in a standard child restraint, the 45indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated, indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated.

When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat is classified as being empty, the 45indicator lamp will illuminate when the engine is started and remain illuminated, indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated.

When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as being heavier than the weight of a typical 12-month-old child seated in a standard child restraint or as being a small individual (such as a young teenager or a small adult), the 45indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then, depending on occupant weight sensor readings from the seat, remain

illuminated or go out. With the 45 indicator lamp illuminated, the front passenger front air bag is deactivated. With the 45indicator lamp out, the front passenger front air bag is activated.

When the OCS senses that the front passenger seat occupant is classified as an adult or someone larger than a small individual, the 45indicator lamp will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds when the engine is started and then goes out, indicating that the front passenger front air bag is activated.

If the 45indicator lamp is illuminated, the front passenger front air bag is deactivated and will not be deployed.

If the 45indicator lamp is not illuminated, the front passenger front air bag is activated and will be deployed

Rin the event of certain frontal impacts

Rif impact exceeds a preset deployment threshold

Rindependently of the side impact air bags

If the front passenger front air bag is deployed, the rate of inflation will be influenced by

Rthe rate of relevant vehicle deceleration as assessed by the air bag control unit

Rthe front passenger’s weight category as identified by the OCS

For more information on air bag display messages in the multifunction display, see (Y page 264).

G Warning!

According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly restrained in the rear seating positions than in the front seating position. Thus, we strongly recommend that children be placed in the rear seats whenever possible. Regardless of seating position, children 12 years old and under must be seated and properly secured in an appropriate

Occupant safety

43

infant restraint, toddler restraint, or booster

seat recommended for the size and weight of

the child.

The infant or child restraint must be properly

secured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seat

security

Occupants, especially children, should always

belt and top tether strap, or lower anchors and

top tether strap, fully in accordance with the

child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

sit as upright as possible, wear the seat belt

and

properly and use an appropriately sized infant

restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat

Safety

recommended for the size and weight of the child.

Children can be killed or seriously injured by an inflating air bag. Note the following important information when circumstances require you to place a child in the front passenger seat:

RYour vehicle is equipped with air bag technology designed to deactivate the front passenger front air bag in your vehicle when the system senses the weight of a typical 12-month-old child or less along with the weight of a standard appropriate child restraint on the front passenger seat.

RA child in a rear-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates in a collision which could occur under some circumstances, even with the air bag technology installed in your vehicle. The only means to completely eliminate this risk is to never place a child in a rear-facing child restraint in the front seat. We therefore strongly recommend that you always place a child in a rear-facing child restraint in a backseat.

RIf you must install a rear-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so, make sure the 45indicator lamp is illuminated, indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated. Should the 45indicator lamp not

Z

44

Occupant safety

illuminate or go out while the restraint is

installed, please check installation.

Periodically check the 45indicator

lamp while driving to make sure the

45indicator lamp is illuminated. If

security

been repaired.

the 45indicator lamp goes out or

remains out, do not transport a child on the

front passenger seat until the system has

and

A child in a rear-facing child restraint on the

front passenger seat will be seriously

Safety

injured or even killed if the front passenger

front air bag inflates.

RIf you have to place a child in a forwardfacing child restraint on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible, use the proper child restraint recommended for the age, size and weight of the child, and secure child restraint with the vehicle’s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions. For children larger than the typical 12-month- old child, the front passenger front air bag may or may not be activated.

Deployment of the driver front air bag does not mean that the front passenger front air bag also should have deployed.

The OCS may have determined

Rthat the seat was empty or occupied by the weight up to or less than that of a typical 12-month-old child seated in a standard child restraint – both of which are instances where the system suppresses deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag

Rthat the seat was occupied by a small individual (such as a young teenager or a small adult) or a child who weighs more than the weight of a typical 12-month-old child in a standard child restraint – both of which are instances where the system may suppress deployment of the front passenger front air bag even though the

impact met the criteria and was of sufficient severity to deploy the driver front air bag

45indicator lamp : will be illuminated, except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0.

G Warning!

If the red SRS indicator lamp 6in the instrument cluster and the 45 indicator lamp are lit at the same time, there is a malfunction in the OCS. The front passenger front air bag will be deactivated in this case. Have the system checked by qualified technicians as soon as possible. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Only have the seat repaired or replaced at an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

In order to ensure proper operation of the air bag system and OCS:

RSit with the seat belt properly fastened in a position that is as upright as possible with your back against the seat backrest.

RWhile seated, an occupant should not position him/herself in such a way as to cause the occupant’s weight to be lifted from the seat bottom as this may result in the OCS being unable to correctly

approximate the occupant’s weight category.

RRead and observe all warnings in this chapter.

OCS Self-test

After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the KEYLESS-GO start/stop button once or twice, the 45indicator lamp illuminates. If an adult occupant is properly sitting on the front passenger seat and the system classifies the occupant as an adult, the 45indicator lamp will illuminate and go out after approximately 6 seconds.

If the seat is not occupied and the system classifies the front passenger seat as being empty, the 45indicator lamp will illuminate and not go out.

G Warning!

If the 45indicator lamp does not illuminate, the system is not functioning. You must contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat.

For more information, see the “Practical hints” section (Y page 298).

G Warning!

Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces the effectiveness of the OCS. The bottom and back of the child seat must make full contact with the passenger seat cushion and backrest.

If necessary, adjust the tilt of the passenger seat backrest.

An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident, instead of increasing protection for the child.

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of child seats.

Occupant safety

45

BabySmart™ air bag deactivation

system

The BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system

is standard equipment in Canada.

security

seating positions than in the front seating

G Warning!

According to accident statistics, children are

safer when properly restrained in the rear

position. Thus, we strongly recommend that

and

children be placed in the rear seats whenever

possible. Regardless of seating position,

Safety

children 12 years old and under must be

seated and properly secured in an appropriate

infant restraint, toddler restraint, or booster

seat recommended for the size and weight of

the child.

The infant or child restraint must be properly

secured with the vehicle’s seat belt, the seat

belt and top tether strap, or lower anchors and

top tether strap, fully in accordance with the

child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

Occupants, especially children, should always

sit as upright as possible, wear the seat belt

properly and use an appropriately sized infant

restraint, toddler restraint, or booster seat

recommended for the size and weight of the

child.

Children can be killed or seriously injured by

an inflating air bag. Note the following

important information when circumstances

require you to place a child in the front

passenger seat:

RChildren 12 years old and under must never

ride in the front seat, except in a Mercedes-

Benz authorized BabySmart™ compatible

child seat, which operates with the

BabySmart™ system installed in the vehicle

to deactivate the front passenger front air

bag when it is installed properly. Otherwise

they will be struck by the air bag when it

inflates in a crash. If this happens, serious

or fatal injury will result.

RA child in a rear-facing child restraint on the

front passenger seat will be seriously

Z

46

Occupant safety

injured or even killed if the front passenger

front air bag inflates in a collision which

could occur under some circumstances,

even with the air bag technology installed

in your vehicle. The only means to

security

completely eliminate this risk is to never

place a child in a rear-facing child restraint

in the front seat. We therefore strongly

recommend that you always place a child

and

in a rear-facing child restraint in a backseat.

RIf you must install a BabySmart™

Safety

compatible rear-facing child restraint on

the front passenger seat because circumstances require you to do so, make sure the 45indicator lamp is illuminated, indicating that the front passenger front air bag is deactivated. Should the 45indicator lamp not illuminate or go out while the restraint is installed, please check installation. Periodically check the 45indicator lamp while driving to make sure the 45indicator lamp is illuminated. If the 45indicator lamp goes out or remains out, do not transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired.

A child in a rear-facing child restraint on the front passenger seat will be seriously injured or even killed if the front passenger front air bag inflates.

RIf you have to place a child in a forwardfacing child restraint on the front passenger seat, move the seat as far back as possible, use the proper child restraint recommended for the age, size and weight of the child, and secure child restraint with the vehicle’s seat belt according to the child seat manufacturer’s instructions.

G Warning!

When using a BabySmart™ compatible child seat on the front passenger seat, the front passenger front air bag will not deploy only if

the 45indicator lamp remains illuminated.

Please be sure to check the 45 indicator lamp every time you use a BabySmart™ compatible child seat on the front passenger seat. Should the 45 indicator lamp go out while the restraint is installed, please check installation. If the 45indicator lamp remains out, do not use the BabySmart™ restraint to transport a child on the front passenger seat until the system has been repaired.

Special BabySmart™ compatible child seats, designed for use with the Mercedes-Benz system, are required for use with the BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system. Please contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center for information on availability. With the special child seat installed properly, the front passenger front air bag will not deploy.

45indicator lamp : will be illuminated, except with the SmartKey removed from the starter switch or with the starter switch in position 0.

The system does not deactivate Rthe side impact air bag

Rthe window curtain air bag

Rthe Emergency Tensioning Device (ETD)

Self-test BabySmart™ without special child seat installed

After turning the SmartKey in the starter switch to position 1 or 2 or pressing the

KEYLESS-GO start/stop button once or twice, the 45indicator lamp comes on for approximately 6 seconds and then goes out.

If the 45indicator lamp should not come on or is continuously lit, the system is not functioning. You must see an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center before seating any child on the front passenger seat. More information can be found in the “Practical hints” section (Y page 297).

G Warning!

Do not place powered-on laptops, mobile phones, electronic tags such as those used in ski passes and like electronic devices on the front passenger seat. Signals from such devices may interfere with the BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system. Such signal interference may cause the 45 indicator lamp not to come on during self-test. The SRS indicator lamp 6and/or the 45indicator lamp could be continuously lit, indicating that the system is not functioning. The front passenger front air bag could deploy inadvertently or fail to deploy in an accident.

G Warning!

The BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system will ONLY work with a special child seat designed to operate with it. It will not work with child seats which are not BabySmart™ compatible.

Never place anything between seat cushion and child seat (e.g. pillow), since it reduces the effectiveness off the BabySmart™ air bag deactivation system. The bottom of the child seat must make full contact with the front passenger seat cushion. An incorrectly mounted child seat could cause injuries to the child in case of an accident, instead of protecting the child.

Follow the manufacturer’s instructions for installation of special child seats.

Occupant safety

47

Seat belts

Safety notes

The use of seat belts and infant and child

restraint systems is required by law in all 50

security

occupants should have their seat belts

states, the District of Columbia, the U.S.

territories and all Canadian provinces.

Even where this is not the case, all vehicle

fastened whenever the vehicle is in motion.

and

i See “Children in the vehicle”

Safety

(Y page 53) for information on

Rinfants and children traveling with you in

the vehicle

Rrestraint systems for infants and children

G Warning!

Always fasten your seat belt before driving off. Always make sure all of your passengers are properly restrained. You and your passengers should always wear seat belts.

Failure to wear and properly fasten and position your seat belt greatly increases your risk of injuries and their likely severity in an accident.

If you are ever in an accident, your injuries can be considerably more severe without your seat belt properly buckled. Without your seat belt buckled, you are much more likely to hit the interior of the vehicle or be ejected from it. You can be seriously injured or killed.

In the same crash, the possibility of injury or death is lessened if you are properly wearing your seat belt. The air bags can only protect as intended if the occupants are properly wearing their seat belts.

G Warning!

Never ride in a moving vehicle with the seat backrest in an excessively reclined position as this can be dangerous. You could slide under the seat belt in a collision. If you slide under it, the seat belt would apply force at the abdomen or neck. That could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The seat backrest and

Z

48

Occupant safety

seat belt provide the best restraint when the

wearer is in a position that is as upright as

possible and the seat belt is properly

positioned on the body.

security

G Warning!

Never let more people ride in the vehicle than

there are seat belts available. Make sure

everyone riding in the vehicle is correctly

and

restrained with a separate seat belt. Never

use a seat belt for more than one person at a

Safety

time.

Damaged seat belts or seat belts that have

G Warning!

been subjected to stress in an accident must be replaced. Also, the seat belt anchoring points must be checked.

Only use seat belts which have been approved by Mercedes-Benz.

Do not make any modifications to the seat belts. This can lead to unintended activation of the ETDs or to their failure to activate when necessary.

Do not bleach or dye seat belts as this may severely weaken them. In a crash they may not be able to provide adequate protection.

Have all work carried out only by qualified technicians. Contact an authorized Mercedes-Benz Center.

Proper use of seat belts

G Warning!

USE SEAT BELTS PROPERLY

RSeat belts can only protect when used properly. Never wear seat belts in any other way than as described in this section, as that could result in serious injuries in case of an accident.

REach occupant should wear their seat belt at all times, because seat belts help reduce the likelihood of and potential severity of injuries in accidents, including rollovers. The integrated restraint system includes

SRS (driver front air bag, front passenger front air bag, side impact air bags, window curtain air bags for door windows), Emergency Tensioning Devices (ETDs), seat belt force limiters, and front seat knee bolsters.

The system is designed to enhance the protection offered to properly belted occupants in certain frontal (front air bags and ETDs) and side (side impact air bags, window curtain air bags, and ETDs) impacts which exceed preset deployment thresholds and in certain rollovers (window curtain air bags and ETDs).

RNever wear the shoulder belt under your arm, against your neck or off your shoulder. In a frontal crash, your body would move too far forward. That would increase the chance of head and neck injuries. The seat belt would also apply too much force to the ribs or abdomen, which could severely injure internal organs such as your liver or spleen.

Adjust the seat belt so that the shoulder section is located as close as possible to the middle of the shoulder. It should not touch the neck. Never pass the shoulder portion of the seat belt under your arm. For this purpose, you can adjust the height of the seat belt outlet.

RPosition the lap belt as low as possible on your hips and not across the abdomen. If the lap belt is positioned across your abdomen, it could cause serious injuries in a crash.

RNever wear seat belts over rigid or breakable objects in or on your clothing, such as eyeglasses, pens, keys etc., as these might cause injuries.

RMake sure the seat belt is always fitted snugly. Take special care of this when wearing loose clothing.

RNever use a seat belt for more than one person at a time. Do not fasten a seat belt

Loading…

Понравилась статья? Поделить с друзьями:
  • Terramycin мазь инструкция на русском языке
  • Барбовал инструкция по применению цена отзывы аналоги кому прописывают
  • Омега 3 форте 1000 мг инструкция
  • Диван дубай угловой инструкция по сборке
  • Инструкция к синтезатору yamaha psr e353